1. society
2. work
3. contracts

EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
DIVISION OF PURCHASES & STORES
RICHMOND, KY
THIS IS NOT AN ORDER
INVITATION NUMBER: EKU 63-15
PROJECT: LANCASTER PEDESTRIAN GATEWAY
PURCHASING INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.
Bids must be received in the Division of Purchases, 117 Jones Building, Richmond, Kentucky, in a sealed
envelope not later than
2:00 P.M.(ET)
on ____May 29th, 2015_______at which
time all bids received will be publicly opened and read in the Bid Opening Room.
2.
Bid envelope shall be addressed as indicated herein below. No responsibility will attach to the Division of
Purchases the premature opening of, or the failure to open a bid not properly addressed or identified.
Address bids as follows:
----------------------------------------------------------------------Name & Address of Bidder
Eastern Kentucky University
Division of Purchases & Stores
Jones Building, Room 117
Richmond, KY 40475
Invitation No.
EKU 63-15
Opening Date
MAY 29TH, 2015
Opening Time
2:00PM (ET) ____
PRE-BID CONFERENCE: May 12th, 2015 2:00PM (ET)
Questions Due By: May 7th, 2015 5:00 PM (ET)
Note: Temporary parking permits are available thru EKU Parking and Transportation, Mattox Hall, Ste. A,
521 Lancaster Avenue, Richmond, KY 40475, 859-622-1063. Please request parking permits at least 72
hours prior to campus visits.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
3.
No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the date set for the opening
of bids. Clerical errors and omissions in the computation of the lump sum bid shall be cause for withdrawal
of the bid without forfeit of the bid bond. Bids may be withdrawn in person only prior to the closing date of
the receipt of bids.
4.
Bids, upon their receipt, are stamped showing the hour and date received. Bids received after the scheduled
closing time will not be considered, provided legal and acceptable bids have been received.
5.
The right is reserved to reject any and all bids and to waive all informalities and/or technicalities where the
best interest of the University may be served.
6.
Facsimile bids, or modification of bids by fax, are not permissible and/or not acceptable.
7.
Bids may be rejected unless filled out in ink or typewritten and signed in ink.
8.
For any clarification of this Invitation to Bid, contact:
Andrea Cashell, Manager, Purchasing, 117 Jones Building, 859-622-2246.
For any clarification of the Project Specifications and Drawings, contact:
Ed Herzog, Director Project Administration, 859-622-2966.
9.
If you require a larger format set of plans, you may download them from http://purchasing.eku.edu/bids-andquotes or call Lynn Imaging, 328 Old Vine Street, Lexington KY, 40507, 859-255-1021. Please call Lynn
Imaging 24 hours in advance prior to picking up plans. The plans are not posted by Lynn but available for
pick up only.
1
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
ARTICLE 1 – INVITATION
Bids are requested by the Division of Purchases & Stores, Eastern Kentucky University, Jones Building,
Room 117, Richmond, Kentucky 40475, from eligible firms for the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, services, supplies, and related items necessary for the construction of The Crabbe Noel Reading
Garden for Eastern Kentucky University complete and in accordance with terms, conditions, specifications
as contained herein and as shown on drawings and amended by any Addendum which may be issued.
ARTICLE 2 - METHOD OF BIDDING
Bidders shall submit bids as indicated in the form. No other method of bidding will be considered and the
bidder must use the Form of Proposal which is included in and made a part of this Invitation. All data and
other information requested in said Form of Proposal must be supplied.
ARTICLE 3 - AWARD OF CONTRACT
The award will be made to the lowest, responsible and responsive bidder based on BEST VALUE. In
determining the lowest responsible and responsive bidder, the following elements will be considered: If the
bidder involved maintains a permanent place of business, has adequate plant equipment to perform properly
and expeditiously, suitable financial status to meet obligations incidental to the work and has appropriate
technical experience. Such information as may be required to make an award determination shall be
supplied by apparent low bidder.
(A)
The "Owner" reserves the right to reject any and all bids to waive all informalities and/or
technicalities of a bid when in the judgment the best interest of Eastern Kentucky University may
be served.
(B)
In the event the bidder's proposal is accepted by the owner and such bidder shall fail to execute the
contract and to furnish satisfactory performance bond within ten (10) calendar days from the date
of notification of the award of the contract, the owner may at its option, determine that the awardee
has abandoned the contract. Thereupon the proposal shall become null and void and the bid
guarantee which accompanied it shall be forfeited to and become the property of the owner as
liquidated damaged from such failure. If the bidder shall execute the contract and furnish
satisfactory bond, the bid guarantee will be returned to the bidder by the owner.
(C)
That a contract is legally entered into will be indicated by the issuance and release of the Eastern
Kentucky University purchase order.
ARTICLE 4 - INSURANCE
The contractor shall provide and include in his bid price the cost of the following minimum insurance
coverage:
(a)
Workman's Compensation
$1,000,000
(b)
General Liability
$1,000,000 ($2,000,000 Aggregate)
(c)
Business Automobile Liability
$1,000,000 (each occurrence, any auto owned, hired or
borrowed)
Contractor agrees to furnish Certificates of Insurance for each insurance policy to the Purchasing Official.
Eastern Kentucky University, its regents, and employees must be added as Additional Insured on the
General Liability policies with regard to the scope of this Contract. Any deductibles or self-insured
retentions in the insurance policies must be paid by and are the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Coverage is to be primary and non-contributory with other coverage, if any, purchased by the University.
All required insurance policies must include a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of Eastern Kentucky
University, its regents, and employees.
ARTICLE 5 –CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY DEVICES
The contractor shall provide surety controls for protection of the life and health of employees. He will
utilize precautionary methods for the prevention of damage to property, materials, supplies and equipment,
and for avoidance of work interruptions in the performance of this contract. In order to provide such safety
2
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
control aforesaid, the contractor shall comply with all pertinent provisions of the Kentucky Safety
Department of Labor and Federal Occupational Safety and Health Construction Standards that are in effect
at the time this contract is to be performed. Contractor shall also take or cause to be taken such additional
measures as directed to be determined reasonably necessary for this purpose. The contractor shall maintain
accurate records as required. The contractor shall, after receipt of non-compliance notice, immediately
initiate all required corrective measures.
Nothing in the aforesaid provisions shall prohibit the United States Department of Labor, or the Kentucky
Department of Labor, Division of Occupational Safety and Health, from enforcing pertinent occupational
safety and health standards as authorized under Federal and State Occupational Safety and Health Law.
ARTICLE 6 - TAXES, WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION, ETC.
The contractor shall be required to accept liability, make payment and include in bid amount all payroll
taxes, sales and use tax, and all other taxes or deductions required by federal, state, or local laws such as old
age pensions, social security or annuities measured by wages. Provisions of the current Kentucky Sales or
Use Tax must be included in the bid amount and paid by the contractor.
ARTICLE 7 - INSPECTION OF WORK
The owner reserves the right to inspect the work during the construction. If any portion of the materials or
installation does not meet the required specification, the contractor shall remove and/or replace at the
contractor's expense.
The contractor shall permit the owner and/or his representative to inspect and review work, materials,
payrolls, records or personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, books of account and other
relevant data and records with respect to this contract. The owner has the right to test materials and submit
for laboratory testing.
ARTICLE 8 - PERMITS AND CODES
The contractor shall obtain and pay applicable fees associated with all permits necessary for any and/or all
parts of the work from the authorities governing such work. Evidence that such permits have been issued
shall be furnished to the owner before beginning work. The contractor shall observe all applicable federal,
state, and local codes governing the work. The owner will obtain and pay for the necessary building permits.
ARTICLE 9- ADDENDA
Any Addenda or Instruction to Bidder issued by the Division of Purchases prior to the time for receiving
bids shall be covered in thereof. Such Addenda shall be acknowledged in the Bid Proposal. No instructions
or changes shall be binding unless documented by a proper and duly issued Addendum.
Eastern Kentucky University is entitled to exemption from Federal Excise Tax. Exemption certificates will
be furnished to cover excise tax exemption where applicable and when requested by the contractor.
ARTICLE 10 - WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
(a)
(b)
Prior to closing date for receipt and opening of bids, any bidder may withdraw his bid in person
only, at any time prior to the scheduled time for closing and receipt of bids.
After receipt and opening of bids, withdrawal of bids will not be permitted for a period of thirty
(30) calendar days from the date of receipt and opening of bids.
ARTICLE 11 - OR EQUAL
If any material or equipment and/or specifications, unless specifically designated "no substitution" appear in
this Invitation which restrict any bidder from bidding whose product is equal in performance, construction,
efficiency, etc., to that specified, then, and in that event the bidder may submit a bid on the lowest and best
bid herefrom. The burden of proof of equality shall be the responsibility of the bidder. If the
architect/engineer judges the material or equipment not equal to that named in the specifications, the
bidder/contractor shall provide material or equipment that is judged to be in compliance with the
specifications. The architect/engineer's decision shall be final.
3
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
ARTICLE 12 - ALTERNATES
The owner reserves the right to reject any or all alternate bids if provided for in the bid documents. The
determination as to the responsive and responsible bid will be made on the basis of the lump sum base bid
plus and/or minus any alternate that may be accepted by the owner. Alternates to be used in sequence set
forth in the proposal if considered for acceptance.
ARTICLE 13 - AUTHENTICATION OF BID AND STATEMENT OF NON-COLLUSION AND NONCONFLICT OF INTEREST
This document or the Form of Proposal document where applicable, must be executed and signed for the bid
to be valid.
ARTICLE 14 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGE (IF APPLICABLE)
See schedule of liquidated damage in attached Project specifications. The contractor affected will be held
responsible for any loss to the owner on account of unnecessary delays or failure on his part to prosecute his
work in the proper manner.
ARTICLE 15 - BID AND PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee of not less than five percent (5%) of the amount of
the Base Bid executed by a Surety Company authorized to do business in the state of Kentucky.
(Certified check is acceptable)
It is agreed in the event that this proposal is accepted by the owner and the contractor shall fail to
execute a contract within ten (10) consecutive calendar days from the date of notification of the
Award of Contract, the owner shall determine that the contractor has abandoned the contract;
thereupon, the proposal shall become null and void, and the bid guarantee, check, or bid bond
which accompanied it shall be forfeited and become the property of the owner as liquidated
damages for such failure and no protest pursuant to such action will be allowed.
The contractor shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the
contract price as security for the faithful performance of this contract and for the payment of all
persons performing labor, including payment of all unemployment contributions which become
due and payable under the Kentucky Unemployment Insurance Law furnishing materials in
connection with this contract.
This bond and all insurance coverage required by this Invitation and Laws of this State shall be
executed by a Surety Company authorized to do business in the state of Kentucky
There shall be an endorsement in each policy, reading as follows: "It is hereby agreed that in event
of a claim arising under this policy, the company will not deny liability by reason of the insured
being a state, county, Municipal Corporation or governmental agency."
ARTICLE 16 - GENERAL GUARANTY
Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the contract documents nor partial or entire use
of the premises by the owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done, in accordance with the
contract documents or relieve the contractor of liability in respect to any expense warranties or
responsibility for faulty material or workmanship. The contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and
pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from
the date of final acceptance of the work, unless a longer period is specified. The owner shall give notice of
observed defects with reasonable promptness. Manufacturer's guarantee and warranties on equipment shall
be furnished to the owner.
ARTICLE 17 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
(a)
(b)
The owner, without invalidating the contract, may order extra work or make changes by altering,
adding to or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted accordingly. All such work
shall be executed under the conditions of the original contract, except any claim for extension of
time of ordering such change.
In giving instructions, the university shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not
involving extra cost, and not inconsistent with the purpose of the work, but otherwise, except in
4
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
(c)
any emergency unless in pursuance of a written order from that agency stating that the owner has
authorized the extra work or change and no claim for an addition to the contract sum shall be valid
unless so ordered and approved by Eastern Kentucky University.
The value of any such extra work or change shall be determined in one or more of the following
ways:
(1)
By estimate and acceptance in a Lump Sum.
(2)
By unit prices named in the contract or subsequently agreed upon.
(3)
If none of the above methods is agreed upon, the contractor, provided he received an
order as above, shall proceed with the work, for which he shall be paid the new cost said
work, plus fifteen percent (15%) of such cost.
(4)
It is agreed and understood that only one fifteen percent shall be added to the actual net
cost of the work as defined herein, whether such work be done by the prime contractor
with his own forces or by his subcontractor, and any distribution thereof shall be worked
out between the contractor and subcontractor.
(5)
In case the contractor shall keep and present in such form as the University may direct, a
correct amount of all items comprising the net cost of such work, together with vouchers.
The determination of the University shall be final upon all questions of the amount and
cost of extra work and changes in the work, and shall include in such the cost to the
contractor of all materials used, of all labor, of foremen, trucks, and terms and the fair
rental of all machinery used upon the work after the extra work is done. If said extra work
requires the use of machinery to and from the work then the cost of transportation of such
to and from work shall be added to the fair rental, but said transportation shall not cover a
distance exceeding one hundred (100) miles. The University shall include in the cost of
extra work the cost to the contractor of all insurance applicable to such work as required
by these documents or by other governmental authority having jurisdiction.
(6)
The University shall not include in the net cost of the extra work any cost or rental of
small tools, building or any portion of the time of the contractor or its superintendent, or
any allowance for the use of capital or any job or additional bond premium or any actual
or anticipated profit, or any job or office overhead not previously mentioned, these items
being considered as being covered by the added fifteen percent in case (3).
(7)
In all cases where extra work or changes are covered by unit prices set forth in the
contract, the value of such extra work or changes shall be determined only upon the basis
of such unit prices.
(8)
Pending final determination of value, payments on account of extra work changes shall be
made only upon the University estimate.
ARTICLE 18 - INDEMNITY
Contractor shall hold harmless from the indemnity the owner and/or architect/engineer against all claims,
suits, actions, costs, council, fees, expenses, damages, judgment in decrees by reason or persons or property
being damaged or injured by the contractor or any of his subcontractors or in a capacity during the progress
of the work, whether by negligence or otherwise.
ARTICLE 19 - EMPLOYMENT PRACTICE
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
The contractor, per State Executive Order 72-51, dated January 18, 1972, shall register from time
to time with the State Department Service Office nearest the construction a complete list of all job
requirements and positions necessary to perform this contract.
Where persons referred to the contractor, by the State Employment Service, are found to be
qualified the contractor is urged to utilize and employ said persons for such jobs.
It is the policy of Eastern Kentucky University to utilize minority vendors and subcontractors
whenever possible in order to help bring them into the main stream of the American economy.
Therefore, the contractor, when looking for subcontractors, should make full faith efforts to locate
minority business persons. For assistance in identifying minority vendors or subcontractors, the
contractor may contact the Kentucky Procurement Assistance Program; 500 Metro Street; Capital
Plaza Tower, 23rd Floor; Frankfort, Kentucky 40601-1978; telephone 800.838-3266 or 502-5642064; fax (502)-564-5932, or e-mail [email protected].
Apprentices shall be permitted to work only under an apprenticeship agreement approved by the
Kentucky Supervisor of Apprenticeship and by the Kentucky Apprenticeship Council, which is
recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor.
5
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
ARTICLE 20 - NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
(a)
The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of
race, creed, color, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that
applicants are treated during employment without regard to their race, creed, color, or national
origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or
other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor
agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment,
notices to be proved setting forth the provisions of this non-discrimination clause.
(b)
The contractor will, in all solicitation or advertisements placed by or on behalf of the contractor,
state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race,
creed, color, or national origin.
(c)
The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a
collective bargaining agreement or other contracts or understanding, a notice to be provided
advising the said labor union or worker's representative of the contractor's commitment under this
section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and
applicants for employment. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontractor
or purchase order as the administrating agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions,
including sanctions for noncompliance.
In case the work to be performed is paid for in whole or in part with funds obtained from the
federal government or borrowed on the credit of the federal government pursuant to a grant, loan,
insurance or guarantee, during the performance of this contract, the contractor, in addition, agrees
to the following:
(d)
The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24,
1965, or as amended, and by the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
(e)
The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of
September 24, 1965, or as amended, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of
Labor, or pursuant thereto and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the
applicable federal agency and/or agencies and the Secretary of Labor for purpose of investigation
to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders.
(f)
In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with non- discrimination clauses of this contract or
with any such rules, regulations or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended
in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts
or federally-assisted construction contracts, in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive
Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or as amended, and by the rules, regulations and orders of
the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
(g)
The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (g) in every subcontract or
purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor, issued
pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such
provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action
with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the federal agency or Secretary of Labor may
direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including actions for non-compliance.
Provided, however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with,
litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the federal agency or
Secretary of Labor, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to
protect the interest of the United States.
ARTICLE 21- RECIPROCAL PREFERENCE
In accordance with KRS 45A.494, a resident Offeror of the Commonwealth of Kentucky shall be given a
preference against a non-resident Offeror. In evaluating proposals, the University will apply a reciprocal
preference against an Offeror submitting a proposal from a state that grants residency preference equal to
the preference given by the state of the nonresident Offeror. Residency and non-residency shall be defined
in accordance with KRS 45A.494 (2) and 45A.494 (3), respectively. Any Offeror claiming Kentucky
residency status shall submit with its proposal the notarized affidavit (Attachment B) affirming that it meets
the criteria as set for in the above referenced statute.
6
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
Article 22- DISBARMENT
Vendor’s signature on this solicitation response certifies that the vendor, and where applicable subcontract vendor, or
any other person performing service under this agreement (a) is not now nor have ever been excluded, suspended,
disbarred or otherwise deemed ineligible to participate in governmental procurement or other programs (b) and if
disbarred, suspended or excluded during the life of the contract, the vendor will notify the University buyer of record
within seventy two(72) hours of the vendor becoming aware of the governmental ineligibility.
Article 23- KEY EVENT DATES
KEY EVENT DATES
DATE
TIME
PLACE
QUESTIONS DUE
May 7th
5:00 PM (ET)
[email protected]
NON-MANDATORY
PRE-PROPOSAL
CONFERNCE
May 12th
2:00 PM (ET)
Jones Building Room 122
BID OPENS
May 29th
2:00 PM (ET)
Jones Building Room 117
7
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
EKU
Eastern Kentucky University
Invitation to Bid
Bid No: EKU 63-15
Return Original Copy of Bid To:
Issue Date: 4/24/2015
Eastern Kentucky University
Purchasing Officer: Andrea Cashell
Purchasing Division
Phone: 859-622-2246
Room 117, Jones Bldg.
Project Name: Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
Richmond, Kentucky 40475
IMPORTANT: BIDS MUST BE RECEIVED BY: MAY 29th, 2015
It is the intention of the Invitation to Bid to enter into competitive negotiation as authorized by KRS 45A.085.
Bids for competitive negotiation shall not be subject to public inspection until negotiations between the purchasing agency and all Offerors
have been concluded and a contract awarded to the responsible offeror submitting the proposal determined in writing to be the most
advantageous to the University, price and the evaluation factors set forth in the advertisement and solicitations for proposals will be
considered.
An award of contract may be made upon the basis of the initial written proposals received without written or oral discussions.
Contracts resulting from this Bid must be governed by and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
The University reserves the right to request proposal amendments or modifications after the bid receiving date.
THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS INVITATION TO BID INCLUDE ALL GENERAL CONDITIONS, AS SET FORTH BY
EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY, PLUS ANY SPECIAL CONDITIONS ENUMERATED HEREIN.
NOTICE
Any agreement or collusion among Offerors or prospective Offerors, which restrains, tends to restrain, or is reasonably calculated to
restrain competition by agreement to bid at a fixed price or to refrain from offering, or otherwise, is prohibited.
Any person who violates any provisions of KRS 45A.325 shall be guilty of a felony and shall be punished by a fine of not less than five
thousand dollars nor more than ten thousand dollars, or be imprisoned not less than one year nor more than five years, or both such fine
and imprisonment. Any firm, corporation, or association who violates any of the provisions of KRS 45A.325 shall, upon conviction, may be
fined not less than ten thousand dollars or more than twenty thousand dollars.
AUTHENTICATION OF BID AND STATEMENT OF NON-COLLUSION AND NON-CONFLICT OF INTEREST
I hereby swear (or affirm) under the penalty for false swearing as provided by KRS 523.040:
That I am the offeror (if the offeror is an individual), a partner, (if the offeror is a partnership), or an officer or employee of the bidding
corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the offeror is a corporation);
That the attached proposal has been arrived at by the offeror independently and has been submitted without collusion with, and without any
agreement, understanding or planned common course of action with, any other Contractor of materials, supplies, equipment or services
described in the Request for Proposal, designed to limit independent bidding or competition;
That the contents of the proposal have not been communicated by the offeror or its employees or agents to any person not an employee or
agent of the offeror or its surety on any bond furnished with the proposal and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the
official closing of the RFP:
That the offeror is legally entitled to enter into contracts with the Eastern Kentucky University and is not in violation of any prohibited
conflict of interest, including those prohibited by the provisions of KRS 45A.330 to .340, 164.390, and
That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statement made above.
SWORN STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH CAMPAIGN FINANCE LAWS
In accordance with KRS45A.110 (2), the undersigned hereby swears under penalty of perjury that he/she has not knowingly violated any
provision of the campaign finance laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky and that the award of a contract to a bidder will not violate any
provision of the campaign finance laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
CONTRACTOR REPORT OF PRIOR VIOLATIONS OF KRS CHAPTERS 136, 139, 141, 337, 338, 341 & 342
The Contractor by signing and submitting a proposal agrees as required by 45A.485 to submit final determinations of any violations of the
provisions of KRS Chapters 136, 139, 141, 337, 338, 341 and 342 that have occurred in the previous five (5) years prior to the award of a
contract and agrees to remain in continuous compliance with the provisions of the statutes during the duration of any contract that may be
established. Final determinations of violations of these statutes must be provided to the University by the successful Contractor prior to the
award of a contract.
CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES
The Contractor, by submitting a proposal, certifies that he/she is in compliance with the Code of Federal Regulations, No. 41 CFR 60-1.8(b)
that prohibits the maintaining of segregated facilities.
SMOKE FREE ZONE POLICY
The Offeror, by signing and submitting a Proposal, agrees to comply with the University’s Smoke Free Zone Policy. See:
http://policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/tobacco-free_policy_bor_41414.pdf
SUSTAINABILITY POLICY
The University is committed to reducing the adverse environmental impact of its purchasing decisions; it is committed to buying goods and services
from contractors who share its environmental concern and commitment. The University encourages bidders to include in their responses
economical and environmentally friendly products and service options that serve to minimize waste, reduce excess packing, recycle, reduce, reuse,
prevent pollution, and/or offer resource efficiency. It’s the University’s goal to maximize environmental responsibility on its campuses.
SIGNATURE REQUIRED: This proposal cannot be considered valid unless signed and dated by an authorized agent of the Offeror. Type or print the
signatory's name, title, address, phone number and fax number in the spaces provided. Offers signed by an agent are to be accompanied by evidence of
his/her authority unless such evidence has been previously furnished to the issuing office.
Company Name:
Authorized Signature:
Address:
Typed or Printed Name:
City, State, Zip:
Title:
Phone No:
Federal ID No:
Fax:
Date:
8
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
SWORN STATEMENT REGARDING CAMPAIGN FINANCE LAWS
PURSUANT TO KRS 45A.110 AND KRS 45A.115, AS AMENDED, A DETERMINATION OF
RESPONSIBILITY OF A BIDDER OR OFFEROR CANNOT BE MADE UNTIL THE BIDDER OR OFFEROR
PROVIDES A SWORN STATEMENT THAT HE HAS NOT KNOWINGLY VIOLATED ANY PROVISION OF
THE CAMPAIGN FINANCE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH AND THAT THE AWARD OF A
CONTRACT TO A BIDDER OR OFFEROR WILL NOT VIOLATE ANY PROVISION OF THE CAMPAIGN
FINANCE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH. TO COMPLY WITH THESE STATUTES THE SWORN
STATEMENT REGARDING CAMPAIGN FINANCE LAWS INCLUDED WITH THIS INVITATION FOR BID
SHOULD BE SIGNED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR BID. THESE STATUTES CURRENTLY READ AS
FOLLOWS:
KRS 45A.110:
(1)
(2)
(3)
A written determination of responsibility of a bidder or offeror shall be made and it shall be made in
accordance with administrative regulations promulgated by the secretary of Finance and Administration
Cabinet. A reasonable inquiry to determine the responsibility of a bidder or offeror may be conducted. The
failure of a bidder or offeror to promptly supply information in connection with such an inquiry may be
grounds for a determination of non responsibility with respect to such a bidder or offeror.
A written determination of responsibility of a bidder or offeror shall not be made until the bidder or offeror
provides the Secretary of the Finance and Administration Cabinet with his sworn statement made under
penalty of perjury that he has not knowingly violated any provisions of the campaign finance laws of the
Commonwealth and that the award of a contract to a bidder or offeror will not violate any provision of the
campaign finance laws of the Commonwealth. “Knowingly” means, with respect to conduct or to a
circumstance described by a statute defining an offense, that a person is aware or should have been aware that
his conduct is of that nature or that the circumstance exists.
Except as otherwise provided by law, information furnished by a bidder or offeror pursuant to this section may
not be disclosed outside of the Division of State Purchasing or the purchasing agency administering the
contract without prior written consent of the bidder or offeror.
KRS 45A.115:
Eastern Kentucky University at this time does not prequalify suppliers. Refer to KRS 45A.115 for qualification
requirements for bid opportunities with the Finance and Administration Cabinet.
9
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
FORM OF PROPOSAL-BID SHEET
BID: EKU 63-15
PROJECT NAME: LANCASTER PEDESTRIAN GATEWAY
LUMP SUM BASE BID:
The Bidder agrees to furnish all materials, supplies, and services required to complete the above referenced
job for Eastern Kentucky University, in accordance with the drawings, specifications and contract documents,
and any duly issued Addenda for the LUMP SUM BASE BID AMOUNT set forth below:
Bidder’s Name:
Dollars
(USE WORDS)
and
($
Cents
). (USE FIGURES)
Site Alternate 1
Site Alternate 1 is the construction of concrete sidewalk. If Site Alternate 1 is not accepted finish grade shall be
consistent with the general grade of the area. The area shall be sodded with grass.
Alternate One (1) (if applies): ($_____________________________________). (USE FIGURES)
Site Alternate 2
Site Alternate 2 is the construction of concrete sidewalks. It also includes the demolition of the concrete walks with
in the limits of the alternate. If Site Alternate 2 is not accepted finish grade shall be consistent with the general grade
of the area. The area shall be sodded with grass.
Alternate Two (2) (if applies): ($_____________________________________). (USE FIGURES)
Site Alternate 3
Site Alternate 3 is the construction of additional poles, lighting, conduits, conductors, and concrete bases along
Lancaster Avenue and near McCreary Hall. If Site Alternate 3 is not accepted then stub out conduits for future
extension.
Alternate Three (3) (if applies): ($_____________________________________). (USE FIGURES)
10
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid # EKU 63-15and having carefully examined the drawings and
complete contract documents as defined in the specifications hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, supplies,
and services required to perform the specifics of this project within the time set forth therein and for the stated lump
sum bid amount.
The Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda:
ADDENDUM NO.
DATED
ADDENDUM NO.
DATED
ADDENDUM NO.
DATED
ADDENDUM NO.
DATED
ADDENDUM NO.
DATED
(IF NO ADDENDUM HAS BEEN ISSUED AND RECEIVED, INSERT THE WORD, “NONE”)
11
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
FORM OF PROPOSAL - SUBMITTAL DATA
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE HEREWITH ENCLOSED AS REQUIRED:
1.
Sworn Statement Regarding Campaign Finance Laws & Non Collusion.
2.
Affidavit Regarding Workers’ Compensation Insurance. (Notarized)
3.
Vendor Report of Prior Violations of KRS Chapters, 136, 139, 141, 337, 338, 341, and 342.
4.
Bidder’s Qualifications.
5.
Bid Guaranty in the amount of no less than five percent (5%) of the TOTAL BID AMOUNT.
6.
List of Proposed Subcontractors.
7.
Vendor Identification Form
8.
Resident Bidder Status Affidavit. (Notarized)
9.
Bid Sheet
12
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
COMMONWEALTH OF KENTUCKY
AFFIDAVIT REGARDING WORKER’S COMPENSATION
INSURANCE AND UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
Pursuant to KRS 45A.480, the undersigned hereby swears or affirms, under penalty of perjury, that all
contractors and subcontractors employed, or that will be employed, under the provisions of this contract
shall be in compliance with the requirements for worker’s compensation insurance under KRS Chapter 342
and unemployment insurance under established KRS Chapter 341.
(SIGNATURE)
(TITLE)
(NAME OF COMPANY)
State of
)
County of
)
The foregoing statement was acknowledged and sworn to before me this
day
,
(Title)
20
,
by
(Company).
Notary Public
My commission expires:
13
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
COMMONWEALTH OF KENTUCKY
VENDOR REPORT OF PRIOR VIOLATIONS OF
KRS CHAPTER
136, 139, 141, 337, 338, 341 AND 342
Pursuant to 1994’s Senate Bill 258, the Bidder/Offeror shall reveal to the Commonwealth, prior to this
award of a contract, any final determination of a violation by the contractor within the previous five (5)
year period of the provisions of KRS Chapters 136, 139, 141, 337, 341, and 342.
For the purpose of complying with the provisions of Senate Bill 258, please list any final determination (s)
of violation (s) of KRS Chapters 136, 139, 141, 337, 338, 341 and 342, which have been rendered against
the bidder or Offer within the five (5) years preceding the award of this contract.
Please include the date of the determination and the state agency issuing the determination.
KRS VIOLATION
DATE
STATE AGENCY
The Contractor is further notified that 1994’s Senate Bill 258 requires that for the duration of this
contract, the Contractor shall be in continuous compliance with the provisions of KRS Chapters 136, 139,
141, 337, 338, 341 and 342, which apply to the Contractor’s operations. Senate Bill 258, further provides
that the Contractor’s failure to reveal a final determination of a violation of KRS Chapters 136, 139, 141,
337, 338, 341, and 342, or failure to comply with the above-cited statutes for the duration of the contract,
shall be grounds for the Commonwealth’s disqualification from eligibility to bid or submit proposals to the
Commonwealth for a period of two (2) years.
14
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
BIDDER’S QUALIFICATIONS
The Bidder’s qualifications are required by the Owner to be submitted as set forth herewith:
1.
2.
This firm is a Corporation or a Partnership
or a Proprietorship
.
A Permanent place of business is maintained at:
STREET
CITY
TELEPHONE NUMBER
STATE
ZIP CODE
AREA CODE
3.
In the event the contract is awarded, the undersigned, Surety Bonds will be furnished by:
4.
Experience of Contractor on other similar work: List contact information for list projects.
5.
We now have the following jobs under contract and bonded:
JOB
LOCATION
$ TOTAL CONTRACT
PERCENT COMPLETED
15
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER REQUEST
Eastern Kentucky University requires a Federal Tax Identification number or Social Security number for all vendors or persons doing business
with the University in order to comply with Federal Regulations and tax reporting requirements. Please take a few minutes to fill out this
information and return to us to ensure prompt payment of your invoices. Thank you for the valuable service you have provided Eastern Kentucky
University, and we look forward to a long and lasting relationship. IF SENDING A W-9, PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM ALSO.
For your convenience, you may return the information one of the following ways:
FAX:
EMAIL:
Vendor File @ 859-622-2047
Mail:
Purchasing Division
Eastern Kentucky University
Jones 117, CPO 8A
521 Lancaster Avenue
Richmond, Kentucky 40475
Phone # (859)622-2246
VENDOR INFORMATION
Phone Number *
Make Checks Payable To *
[email protected]
Please type or print legibly
Name of Firm * (Company or Individual)
Address *
Fax Number *
Payment Address *
Address
Web Site Address or E-mail
Payment Address
Address
Vendor Representative
Name on Invoice *
Federal Tax ID Number **
Social Security Number **
Willing to accept credit card payments*
Payment Terms *
City *
State *
Zip*
Willing to accept ACH payments * Yes
No
Bank Name & Routing #______________________________
Bank Account #_____________________________________
Yes
No
* required fields
**Federal Tax ID Number- This field must be completed if “Name of Firm” is a company name.
Social Security Number- This field must be completed if “Name of Firm” is an individual’s name.
*REGISTRATION
Any foreign corporation (outside the State of Kentucky) must obtain a certificate of authority from the Secretary of State as is required by KRS 271B.15-010.

Certificate #: ________________________________

Claimed exemption: _____________________________
Any “person” (business or individual) making retail sales in the state are to be registered to collect Kentucky sales and use tax. If the foreign individual (or
business) is making retail sales they should be registered for Kentucky sales and use tax purposes by completing a Tax Registration Application (form 10A100),
available at the link below. If they are under contract to perform services that do not include the sale of tangible personal property or digital property, or do not
perform services subject to tax per KRS 139.200 (such as admissions, provision of telecommunication services, sewer services, and so on), then they are not
required to register.KRS 139

Consumer Use Tax Account number: __________________________________

Sales Tax Account Number: _________________________________________
CERTIFICATION
Under penalties of perjury. I certify that:
1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me) and
2. I am not subject to backup withholding because:(a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to
backup withholding, and
3. I am a U. S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholdings because you
have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or
abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest
and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct Taxpayer Identification Number.
Signature of U.S. Person _____________________________________________________
______________________________
Type of Ownership (Check Appropriate Box(es)) *
(01) Individual/Sole Proprietorship
(02) Partnership
(03) Corporation-Incorporated in
(State)__________________
(04) Non-profit/Education
Date
Business Classification (Check Appropriate Box(es)) *
(SM) Small Business
(SD) Small Disadvantaged Business
(LG) Large Business
(GA) Government Agency
(CT) In County
(NP) Non-Profit
(MN) Minority Owned
(AL) Alumni Owned
(WO) Women Owned
(HZ) Hub Zone Small Business
Other (Specify)__________________
*Business Classification Reference Links: www.ccr.gov/sizestandard.asp, https://eweb1.sba.gov/hubzone/internet/general/whoweare.cfm, and
http://app1.sba.gov/faqs/faqindex.cfm?areaID=11
Printed Name of Authorizing Official: _________________________________
Authorized Signature: _____________________________ Date: ______________________________
(05) Non-Resident Alien
(06) Exempt from backup
withholding
Other: _____________________
_____________________________
16
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
Bid #: 63-15
REQUIRED AFFIDAVIT FOR BIDDERS, OFFERORS AND CONTRACTORS CLAIMING RESIDENT
BIDDER STATUS
FOR BIDS AND CONTRACTS IN GENERAL:
The bidder or offeror hereby swears and affirms under penalty of perjury that, in accordance with KRS 45A.494(2),
the entity bidding is an individual, partnership, association, corporation, or other business entity that, on the date the
contract is first advertised or announced as available for bidding:
1. Is authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth;
2. Has for one year prior to and through the date of advertisement
a. Filed Kentucky corporate income taxes;
b. Made payments to the Kentucky unemployment insurance fund established in
KRS 341.49; and
c. Maintained a Kentucky workers’ compensation policy in effect.
The BIDDING AGENCY reserves the right to request documentation supporting a bidder’s claim of resident bidder
status. Failure to provide such documentation upon request shall result in disqualification of the bidder or contract
termination.
Signature
Printed Name
Title
Date
Company Name
Address
Subscribed and sworn to before me by
(Affiant)
of
(Title)
this _____day of ____________,20___.
(Company Name)
Notary Public
[seal of notary]
My commission expires:
17
EKU 63-15 Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
Steven L. Beshear
Governor
KENTUCKY LABOR CABINET
DEPARTMENT OF WORKPLACE STANDARDS
DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENT STANDARDS,
APPRENTICESHIP & MEDIATION
1047 US Hwy 127 S - Suite 4
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601
Phone: (502) 564-3534
Fax (502) 696-1897
www.labor.ky.gov
Larry Roberts
Secretary
Anthony Russell
Commissioner
April 17, 2015
Andrea Cashell
EKU
521 Lancaster Ave
Richmond KY 40403
Re:
EKU, Lancaster Pedestrian Gateway
Advertising Date as Shown on Notification: April 17, 2015
Dear Andrea Cashell:
This office is in receipt of your written notification on the above project as required by KRS 337.510
(1).
I am enclosing a copy of the current prevailing wage determination number CR 9-034, dated
December 3, 2014 for MADISON County. This schedule of wages shall be attached to and made
a part of the specifications for the work, printed on the bidding blanks, and made a part of the
contract for the construction of the public works between the public authority and the successful
bidder or bidders.
The determination number assigned to this project is based upon the advertising date contained in
your notification. There may be modifications to this wage determination prior to the advertising
date indicated. In addition, if the contract is not awarded within 90 days of this advertising date or
if the advertising date is modified, a different set of prevailing rates of wages may be applicable. It
will be the responsibility of the public authority to contact this office and verify the correct schedule
of the prevailing rates of wages for use on the project. Your project number is as follows: 076-B00312-14-9, Building
Sincerely,
Anthony Russell
Commissioner
An Equal Opportunity Employer M/F/D
KENTUCKY LABOR CABINET
PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION
CURRENT REVISION
LOCALITY NO. 034
MADISON & ROCKCASTLE COUNTIES
Determination No. CR 9-034
Project No. 076-B-00312-14-9
Date of Determination: December 3, 2014
__x__ Bldg
_____ HH
This schedule of the prevailing rate of wages for Locality No. 034, which includes Madison and Rockcastle Counties, has
been determined in accordance with the provisions of KRS 337.505 to 337.550. This determination shall be referred to
as Prevailing Wage Determination No. CR 9-034.
Apprentices shall be permitted to work as such subject to Administrative Regulations 803 KAR 1:010. Copies of these
regulations will be furnished upon request to any interested person.
Overtime is to be computed at not less than one and one-half (1 1/2) times the indicated BASE RATE for all hours
worked in excess of eight (8) per day, or in excess of forty (40) per week. However, KRS 337.540 permits an employee
and employer to agree, in writing, that the employee will be compensated at a straight time base rate for hours worked in
excess of eight (8) hours in any one workday, but not more than ten (10) hours worked in any one workday, if such
written agreement is prior to the over eight (8) hours in a workday actually being worked, or where provided for in a
collective bargaining agreement. The fringe benefit rate is to be paid for each hour worked at a straight time rate for all
hours worked. Fringe benefit amounts are applicable for all hours worked except when otherwise noted. Welders will
receive rate for craft in which welding is incidental.
No laborer, workman or mechanic shall be paid at a rate less than that of the General Laborer except those classified as
bona fide apprentices registered with the Kentucky State Apprenticeship Supervisor unless otherwise specified in this
schedule of wage rates.
NOTE: The type of construction shall be determined by applying the following definitions.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Building construction is the construction of sheltered enclosures with walk-in access for the purpose of housing persons,
machinery, equipment, or supplies. It includes all construction of such structures, the installation of utilities and the
installation of equipment, both above and below grade level, as well as incidental grading, utilities and paving.
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
Highway construction includes the construction, alteration or repair of roads, streets, highways, runways, taxiways,
alleys, trails, paths, parking areas, and other similar projects not incidental to building or heavy construction. It includes
all incidental construction in conjunction with the highway construction project.
HEAVY CONSTRUCTION
Heavy projects are those projects that are not properly classified as either "building" or "highway". For example,
dredging projects, water and sewer line projects, dams, flood control projects, sewage treatment plants and facilities, and
water treatment plants and facilities are considered heavy.
_____________________________
Anthony Russell, Commissioner
Department of Workplace Standards
Kentucky Labor Cabinet
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 2 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
ASBESTOS/INSULATION WORKERS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$24.92
12.57
BOILERMAKERS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$34.49
18.06
Bricklayers, stone masons, pointer, cleaners, caulkers, marble masons, terrazzo workers:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$24.31
11.40
BRICKLAYERS:
Sand blasters, layoutment, & sawmen:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$24.56
11.40
Swing Scaffold, Sewer & stack bricklayers:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$24.81
11.40
Firebrick & Refractory
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$26.08
11.42
CARPENTERS:
(Includes Drywall Finishing)
Carpenters:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$22.72
13.01
Piledrivermen
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$23.22
13.01
Carpenters:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$26.90
14.50
Pildrivermen:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$27.15
14.50
Divers:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$40.73
14.50
CEMENT MASONS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$ 22.00
12.75
ELECTRICIANS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$29.88
14.78
When working from Bosum chairs, trusses, stacks, tanks, scaffolds, catwalks, radio and TV towers, structural
steel-open, unprotected, unfloored raw steel, bridges, or similar hazardous locations where workmen are
subject to a direct fall (except for work performed using JLG's and bucket trucks up to 75 ft.): 50' to 75' - add
25% above workman's straight time rate; over 75' - add 50% above workman's straight time rate.
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 3 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
ELECTRICIANS: (CONTINUED)
LINEMEN:
HEAVY HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$31.86
11.63
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
HEAVY HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$28.48
10.94
GROUNDMEN:
HEAVY HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$18.87
9.03
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$29.75
9.12
BASE RATE
$7.39
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$26.97
20.01
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS:
GLAZIERS:
IRONWORKERS:
LABORERS / BUILDING: MADISON COUNTY
BUILDING GROUP 1: General laborers, asbestos abatement laborer, toxic waste removal laborer, water boys, tool
room checker, carpenter tenders, (civil engineer helpers, rodman, grade checkers, excluding all field work performed by
Engineering Firms), concrete pouring and curing, concrete forms stripping and wrecking, hand digging and backfilling of
ditches, clearing of right of ways and building sites, wood sheeting and shoring, signalman for concrete bucket and
general cleaning, and environmental laborer - nuclear, radiation, toxic and hazardous waste - Level D:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$21.01
FRINGE BENEFITS
11.09
BUILDING GROUP 2: All air tool operators, air track drills, asphalt rakers, tampers, batchers plant and scale man, chain
saw, concrete saw, cutter/burner, electric hand grinder, all electric bush and chipping hammers, flagmen, forklift
operators, form setter (street or highway), metal form setters, heaters, mesh handlers on walkways, streets and
roadways outside building, gunnite laborers, hand spiker, introflax burning rod, joint makers, mason tenders, multi-trade
tender, pipe layers, plaster tenders, powderman helpers, power driven Georgia buggies, power posthole diggers, railroad
laborers, sandblaster laborers, scow man and deck hand, signal man, sweeper and cleaner machines, vibrator/tamper
operators(operated by hand or remote control), walk behind trenching machines, mortar mixer machines, water
pumpmen, and environmental laborers - nuclear, radiation, toxic and hazardous waste - Level C:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$21.41
FRINGE BENEFITS
11.09
BUILDING GROUP 3: Asphalt pavers crewman, gunnite nozzleman and gunnite nozzle machine operator, sand blaster
nozzleman, concrete or grout pumpman, plaster pumpman:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$21.61
FRINGE BENEFITS
11.09
BUILDING GROUP 4: Powderman and blaster, and environmental laborer - nuclear, radiation, toxic and hazardous
waste - Level B:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$21.71
FRINGE BENEFITS
11.09
BUILDING GROUP 5: Caisson holes (6 ft. and over) pressure and free air including tools, and environmental laborernuclear, radiation, toxic and hazardous waste - Level A:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$22.21
FRINGE BENEFITS
11.09
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 4 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
LABORERS / BUILDING: MADISON COUNTY (CONTINUED):
BUILDING GROUP 6: Tunnel man and tunnel sand miner, cofferdam (pressure and free air), sand hog or mucker
(pressure or free air):
BUILDING
$22.51
BASE RATE
11.09
FRINGE BENEFITS
Building Projects: Employees handling chemically treated materials which are harmful to the skin add an
additional $.25 to base rate. Any employee working on high work putting the employee 50 feet above the
ground or a solid floor shall receive an additional $.50 per hour above the base rate. Any employee working on
boilers, kilns, melting tanks, furnaces, or when refractory is done using live fire, drying fires, heatups or any hot
work shall receive an additional 25% premium above the base rate.
LABORERS / BUILDING: ROCKCASTLE COUNTY:
BUILDING GROUP 1: Laborers, General Carpenter tenders, cement finisher tenders; placing of concrete, wrecking on
building by laborers, hand digging and hand backfilling of ditches where the signatory employer controls the work
assignment, and clearing of rights of way and building sites, curing of concrete and application hardener, handling
chemically treated lumber, installing of wood sheeting and shoring, signal laborers concrete bucket, cleaning and moving
of general purpose materials, general clean-up of all scrap and debris:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$19.02
9.78
BUILDING GROUP 2: Mason Tender, side rail setter (metal), stackman, fork lift operators, masonry and plastering
contractors only, power driven Georgia Buggy, chain saw, vibrator operator, mesh handler, power tools (air, diesel,
electric, gasoline) Wage drill, Pipe Layer, Wall man treatment of exposed concrete (chip, bush hammer and rub)
concrete saw, gasoline tamper machine, walk behind trenching machine, burner man, joint maker, asphalt raker, mobile
sweeper:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$19.22
FRINGE BENEFITS
9.78
BUILDING GROUP 3: Air track driller, Intorflax burning rod, gunnite nozzle man operator, sewer tunnel laborers (free
air), sand hog or mucker (free air), welder:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$19.42
9.78
BUILDING GROUP 4: Holeman drilled piers, augured, caissons, sand miner (tunnel free air), caisson workers,
powderman, and construction specialist:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$20.02
9.78
BUILDING GROUP 5: Tunnel man and tunnel miners (pressure & free air) shall receive $1.50 above per hour premium
above the General Laborers wage rate. Environment worker, Toxic & Hazardous Waste, Asbestos Removal and Lead
Abatement shall receive $1.50 per hour above the General Laborers Group 1 wage rate. Any certification required,
whether actual skill is used by the contractor will receive pay under Group 5.
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$20.52
9.78
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 5 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
LABORERS / HEAVY HIGHWAY (MADISON & ROCKCASTLE COUNTIES)
HEAVY HIGHWAY GROUP 1: Aging and curing of concrete (any mode or method), asbestos abatement worker,
asphalt plant laborers, asphalt laborers, batch truck dumpers, carpenter tenders, cement mason tenders, cleaning of
machines, concrete laborers, demolition laborers, dredging laborers, drill helper, environmental laborer - nuclear,
radiation, toxic and hazardous waste - Level D, flagmen, grade checkers, all hand digging and hand back filling, highway
marker placers, landscaping laborers, mesh handlers and placers, puddler, railroad laborers, rip-rap and grouters, right
of way laborers, sign, guard rail and fence installers (all types), signal men, sound barrier installer, storm and sanitary
sewer laborers, swampers, truck spotters and dumpers, and wrecking of concrete forms, general cleanup:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$21.80
12.36
HEAVY HIGHWAY GROUP 2: Batter board men (sanitary and storm sewer), brickmason tenders, mortar mixer
operator, scaffold builders, burner and welder, bushhammers, chain saw operator, concrete saw operators, deckhand
scow man, dry cement handlers, environmental laborers - nuclear, radiation, toxic and hazardous waste - Level C, forklift
operators for masonry, form setters, green concrete cutting, hand operated grouter and grinder machine operator, jack
hammers, lead paint abatement, pavement breakers, paving joint machine, pipe layers-laser operators (non-metallic),
plastic pipe fusion, power driven Georgia buggy or wheelbarrow, power post hole diggers, precast manhole setters,
walk-behind tampers, walk-behind trenchers, sand blasters, concrete chippers, surface grinders, vibrator operators,
wagon drillers:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
$22.05
FRINGE BENEFITS
12.36
HEAVY HIGHWAY GROUP 3: Asphalt luteman and rakers, gunnite nozzleman, gunnite operators and mixers, grout
pump operator, side rail setters, rail paved ditches, screw operators, tunnel laborers (free air), and water blasters:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$22.10
12.36
HEAVY HIGHWAY GROUP 4: Caisson workers (free air), cement finishers, environmental laborer - nuclear, radiation,
toxic and hazardous waste - Levels A and B, miners and drillers (free air), tunnel blasters, and tunnel muckers (free air),
directional and horizontal boring, air track drillers (all types), powderman and blasters, troxler and concrete tester if
laborer is utilized:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
$22.70
FRINGE BENEFITS
12.36
MARBLE, TILE & TERRAZZO:
Setters:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$22.64
6.10
Finishers:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$15.42
5.42
MILLWRIGHTS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$24.18
15.67
OPERATING ENGINEERS / BUILDING:
BUILDING CLASS A-1: (NCCCO OR OECP CERTIFIED) Crane, dragline, hoist (1drum when used for stack or chimney
construction or repair), hoisting engineer (2 or more drums), orangepeel bucket, overhead crane, piledriver, truck crane,
tower crane, hydraulic crane:
BASE RATE
BUILDING
$28.75
14.15
FRINGE BENEFITS
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 6 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
OPERATING ENGINEERS / BUILDING (CONTINUED):
BUILDING CLASS A: Articulating Dump, Auto Patrol, Batcher Plant, Bituminous Paver, Cableway, Carrydeck Crane,
Central Compressor Plant, Clamshell, Concrete Mixer (21 cu. ft. or over), Concrete Pump, Crane, Crusher Plant, Derrick,
Derrick Boat, Directional Boring Machine, Ditching and Trenching Machine, Dragline, Dredge Operator, Dredge
Engineer, Elevating Grader and all types of Loaders, Forklift (regardless of lift height), GPS Systems (on equipment
within the classification), Hoe-Type Machine, Hoist (1 drum when used for stack or chimney construction or repair),
Hoisting Engine (2 or more drums), Laser or Remote Controlled Equipment (within the classification), Locomotive, Motor
Scraper, Carry-all Scoop, Bulldozer, Heavy Duty Welder, Mechanic, Orangepeel Bucket, Piledriver, Power Blade, Motor
Grader, Roller (bituminous), Scarifier, Shovel, Tractor Shovel, Truck Crane, Winch Truck, Push Dozer, Highlift, All Types
of Boom Cats, Self Contained Core Drill, Hopto, Tow or Push Boat, A-Frame Winch Truck, Concrete Paver, Gradeall,
Hoist, Hyster, Pumpcrete, Ross Carrier, Boom, Tail Boom, Rotary Drill, Hydro Hammer, Mucking Machine, Rock
Spreader attached to equipment, Scoopmobile, KeCal Loader, Tower Cranes (French, German and other types),
Hydrocrane, Backfiller, Gurries, Subgrader, Tunnel Mining Machines including Moles, Shields, or similar types of Tunnel
Mining Equipment:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$27.66
FRINGE BENEFITS
14.15
Operators on cranes with boom one-hundred fifty feet (150’) and over including jib, shall receive seventy-five
cents ($.75) above base rate. All cranes with piling leads will receive $.50 above base rate regardless of boom
length
BUILDING CLASS B: All Air Compressors (over 900 cfm), Bituminous Mixer, Joint Sealing Machine, Concrete Mixer
(under 21 cu. ft), Form Grader, Roller (rock), Tractor (50 HP and over), Bull Float, Finish Machine, Outboard Motor Boat,
Flexplane, Fireman, Boom Type Tamping Machine, Truck Crane Oiler, Greaser on Grease Facilities servicing , Heavy
Equipment, Switchman or Brakeman, Mechanic Helper, Whirley Oiler, Self-Propelled Compactor, Tractair and Road
Widening Trencher and Farm Tractor with Attachments (except backhoe, highlift and endloader), Elevator (regardless of
ownership when used for hoisting any building materials), Hoisting Engineer (1 drum or buck hoist), Firebrick (masonry
excluded), Well Points, Grout Pump, Throttle-Valve Man, Tugger, Electric Vibrator Compactor, and Caisson Drill Helper:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$24.68
14.15
BUILDING CLASS C: Bituminous Distributor, Cement Gun, Conveyor, Mud Jack, Paving Joint Machine, Roller (earth),
Tamping Machine, Tractors (under 50 HP), Vibrator, Oiler, Concrete Saw, Burlap and Curing Machine, Hydro-Seeder,
Power Form handling Equipment, Deckhand Steersman, Hydraulic Driver and Drill Helper:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$23.85
FRINGE BENEFITS
14.15
All Building Operators assigned to work below ground level are to be paid ten percent (10%) above base wage
rate. This does not apply to open cut work
OPERATING ENGINEERS / HEAVY HIGHWAY:
HEAVY HIGHWAY CLASS A-1: (NCCCO OR OECP CERTIFIED) Cableway, carry deck crane, cherry picker, clamshell,
crane, derrick, derrick boat, dragline, hoist engine (2 or more drums), hydraulic boom truck, hydrocrane, orangepeel
bucket, overhead crane, piledriver, rough terrain crane, tower cranes (French, German and other types), truck crane:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$29.95
14.15
HEAVY HIGHWAY CLASS A: A-Frame Winch Truck, Auto Patrol, Backfiller, Batcher Plant, Bituminous Paver,
Bituminous Transfer Machine, All types of Boom Cats, Bulldozer, Cableway, Carry-All Scoop, Carry Deck Crane, Central
Compressor Plant Operator, Clamshell, Concrete Mixer (21 cu. ft. or over), Concrete Paver, Truck-Mounted Concrete
Pump, Core Drills, Crane, Crusher Plant, Derrick, Derrick Boat, Ditching and Trenching Machine, Dragline, Dredge
Operator, Dredge Engineer, Earth Movers, Elevating Grader and all types of Loaders, Grade-All, Gurries, Heavy
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 7 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
Equipment Robotics Operator/Mechanic, Highlift, Hoe-Type Machine, Hoist (two or more drums), Hoisting Engine (two or
more drums), Horizontal Directional Drill Operator, Hydraulic Boom Truck, Hydrocrane, Hyster, KeCal Loader,
Letourneau, Locomotive, Mechanic, Mechanically Operated Laser Screed, Mechanic Welder, Mucking Machine, Motor
Scraper, Orangepeel Bucket, Piledriver, Power Blade, Pumpcrete, Push Dozer, Rock Spreader attached to Equipment,
All Rotary Drills, Roller (bituminous), Scarifier, Scoopmobile, Shovel, Side Boom, Subgrader, Tailboom, Telescoping
Type Forklift, Tow or Push Boat, Tower Cranes (French, German and other types), Tractor Shovel, Truck Crane, Tunnel
Mining Machines including Moles, Shields, or Similar types of Tunnel Mining Equipment:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$28.85
14.15
Operators on cranes with booms one hundred fifty feet (150’) and over including jib shall receive $.50 above
base rate.
HEAVY HIGHWAY CLASS B: All Air Compressors (over 900 cu. ft. per min.), Bituminous Mixer, Boom Type Tamping
Machine, Bull Float, Concrete Mixer (under 21 cu. ft.), Electric Vibrator Compactor/Self-Propelled Compactor, Elevator
(one drum or buck hoist), Elevator (regardless of ownership when used to hoist building material), Finish Machine,
Firemen, Flex-Plane, Forklift (regardless of lift height), Form Grader, Hoist (one drum), Joint Sealing Machine, Mechanic
Helper, Outboard Motor Boat, Power Sweeper (riding type), Roller (rock), Ross Carrier, Skid Mounted or Trailer Mounted
Concrete Pumps, Switchman or Brakeman, Throttle Valve Man, Tractair and Road Widening Trencher, Tractor (50 HP
and over), Truck Crane Oiler, Tugger, Welding Machine, Well Points, and Whirley Oiler:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$26.24
14.15
HEAVY HIGHWAY CLASS B2: Greaser on Grease Facilities servicing Heavy Equipment, all off road material handling
equipment, including articulating dump trucks:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$26.65
14.15
HEAVY HIGHWAY CLASS C: Bituminous Distributor, Burlap and Curing Machine, Caisson Drill and Core Drill Helper
(track or skid mounted), Cement Gun, Concrete Saw, Conveyor, Deckhand Oiler, Grout Pump, Hydraulic Post Driver,
Hydro Seeder, Mud Jack, Oiler, Paving Joint Machine, Power Form Handling Equipment, Pump, Roller (earth),
Steermen, Tamping Machine, Tractors (under 50 H.P.) and Vibrator:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$25.95
14.15
All Heavy Highway operators assigned to work below ground level are to be paid ten percent (10%) above base
wage rate. This does not apply to open cut work.
PAINTERS:
BUILDING
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
PLASTERERS
BASE RATE
$10.00
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$17.30
3.80
BASE RATE
$13.30
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 8 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
PLUMBERS/PIPEFITTERS:
MADISON COUNTY:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$31.00
17.06
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$33.00
17.06
ROOFERS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$11.52
.19
SHEETMETAL WORKERS: (includes sheet metal roofs)
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$27.45
11.09
SPRINKLERFITTERS:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$30.14
17.37
BASE RATES
FRINGE BENEFITS
$19.45
12.17
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$19.57
12.17
PLUMBERS/PIPEFITTERS
ROCKCASTLE COUNTY:
TRUCK DRIVERS / BUILDING:
MADISON COUNTY:
Truck helper and warehouseman:
BUILDING
Driver, 3 tons and under, greaser, tire changer & mechanic helper:
BUILDING
Driver, over 3 tons, semi-trailer or pole trailer, dump trucks, tandem axle, farm tractor when used to pull building material
or equipment:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$19.68
FRINGE BENEFITS
12.17
Driver, concrete mixer trucks (all types, hauling only on jobsites), truck mechanics:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$19.75
12.17
Driver, euclid & other heavy earth moving equipment and low boy, articulating end dump, winch truck and a-frame &
monorail truck when used to transport building materials, warehouse or storage area:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
$19.85
FRINGE BENEFITS
12.17
TRUCK DRIVERS / BUILDING:
ROCKCASTLE COUNTY:
BUILDING
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$7.25
0.00
CR 9-034
CLASSIFICATIONS
Page 9 of 9
BASE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
TRUCK DRIVERS / HEAVY HIGHWAY:
MADISON & ROCKCASTLE COUNTIES:
Truck helper and warehouseman:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$16.65
5.80
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$16.75
5.80
Driver, semi-trailer or pole trailer, dump truck, tandum axle, and driver of distributors:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$16.85
5.80
Driver, winch truck & A-frame truck when used in transporting material:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
Driver on mixer trucks/all types: HEAVY & HIGHWAY
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$16.90
5.80
Truck mechanic:
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$16.95
5.80
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$16.98
5.80
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$17.00
5.80
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$17.19
5.80
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$17.76
5.80
BASE RATE
FRINGE BENEFITS
$17.85
5.80
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
Driver, 3 tons & under, tire changer & truck mechanic helper:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
Driver of pavement breakers:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
Driver, over 3 tons & truck mounted rotary drill:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
Driver, Euclid & other heavy earth moving equipment & low boy:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
Greaser on greasing facilities:
HEAVY & HIGHWAY
END OF DOCUMENT
CR 9-034
December 3, 2014
EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
PROJECT ADMINISTRATION
LANCASTER AVENUE PEDESTRIAN GATE
2015
PROJECT SCOPE
1. This project is located on the Eastern Kentucky University Campus, in Richmond Kentucky. It will
consist of erosion control, earthwork, grading, storm sewer, site concrete, pavers, brick and stone
masonry, sod, electrical and lighting as indicated on the attached drawings and in attached
specifications.
2. Substantial completion date for this project is no later than August 15, 2015.
3. Liquidated damages will be $500.00 for each day the project exceeds substantial completion.
Substantial completion is the time at which the punch list items are completed and in EKU’s
professional judgment, the work has been finally performed to the best of the contractors’ ability in
conformance with requirements in the contract document.
4. The contact representative of this project is Ed Herzog @ 859-622-2966.
5. As noted in the attached documents, the Company that bids this project must have successfully
completed similar projects in both size and complexity. It must also be noted and emphasized that the
above referenced jobs must have been completed to the satisfaction of the Owner - both
administratively and physically. Eastern will review the contractor’s past projects based on both
criteria and Eastern retains the right to reject the low bidder based on either or both of these.
6. If the primary contractor shall be responsible for other areas of construction or reconstruction in the
job specification, only subcontractors that are job specific to the specification will be accepted. A
minimum of three years’ experience by the subcontractor is required, including successfully
completed jobs of or equal complexity. These must be listed when bids are submitted. (Eastern
reserves the right to waive these requirements)
7. All work attached shall include labor, material, equipment, and services necessary for the entire
project.
8. The following information must be submitted at time of bid opening and contains information that is
pertinent to company submission bid:
A. 5 similar jobs in size and complexity. (Provide current phone number and name of client’s
contact.)
B. If a “or equal” is submitted, other than a product specified within these contract documents, the
contractor shall submit general product data at the time of bid opening. These documents will not
be accepted at a later date. Not submitting such shall indicate that all items bid, are “as
specified”.
C. Attached work sheet shall be submitted and filled out in full at time of bid submission. No
exception.
9. It is the intent of the owner to have the accepted Contractor to start the project in the shortest time
frame possible upon issuance of purchase order.
ATTACHMENTS:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Contracting Requirements
Geotechnical Report
Technical Specifications
Drawings
EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
Table of Contents
01. Conduct ................................................................................................................................................... 2 01.01 General ............................................................................................................................................. 2 01.02 Tobacco-Free Campus ..................................................................................................................... 2 01.03 Safety ............................................................................................................................................... 3 02. Green purchasing policy.......................................................................................................................... 3 03. Recycling and waste management policy ............................................................................................... 3 04. Parking and Traffic Control .................................................................................................................... 3 04.01 Parking ............................................................................................................................................. 3 04.02 Traffic Control ................................................................................................................................. 3 05. Pedestrian and property protection .......................................................................................................... 4 05.01 General ............................................................................................................................................. 4 05.02 Concrete surfaces ............................................................................................................................. 4 06. Site Conditions ........................................................................................................................................ 5 06.01 General - (No parking on grass) ....................................................................................................... 5 06.02 Facilities usage ................................................................................................................................. 6 06.03 Occupancy........................................................................................................................................ 6 06.04 General work hours .......................................................................................................................... 6 06.05 Storage and Staging ......................................................................................................................... 7 07. Landscape Reconstruction (If applicable) ............................................................................................... 7 07.01 General - Stay off grass.................................................................................................................... 7 07.02 Lawn Planting Preparation ............................................................................................................... 8 08. Storm Water Management (if applicable) ............................................................................................... 9 09. Administrative ....................................................................................................................................... 10 09.01 General ........................................................................................................................................... 10 09.02 Sub Contractor ............................................................................................................................... 10 09.03 Key Checkout Procedure ............................................................................................................... 10 09.04 Site Visit ........................................................................................................................................ 11 09.05 Measurements ................................................................................................................................ 11 09.06 Materials ........................................................................................................................................ 11 09.07 Schedules ....................................................................................................................................... 11 09.08 Quality of work .............................................................................................................................. 11 09.09 Signs............................................................................................................................................... 12 09.10 Code compliance (if applicable) .................................................................................................... 12 09.11 Inspection Fees............................................................................................................................... 12 09.12 Project completion and record drawings ........................................................................................ 12 10. Campus map .......................................................................................................................................... 13
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
Revised 06-02-2014
1
01. CONDUCT
01.01
GENERAL
The conduct of all personnel performing work or operations related to the work is the
responsibility of the Contractor. The consumption of alcohol and/or drugs, and the
carrying of firearms on the job by any worker are strictly prohibited. Any workmen
apprehended under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs, or carrying firearms, on the
premises at any time shall be subject to automatic dismissal by the Contractor. Improper
conduct of any kind will not be permitted and may result in the offending workmen,
Subcontractor and/or Contractor being barred from the University's premises.
Any interaction with the students, faculty, staff or visitors of EKU shall be professional.
Unprofessional conduct including, but not limited to, dress, general harassment, sexual
harassment, using obscenities can and shall be grounds for immediate removal of
perpetrator from campus.
The University reserves the right of acceptance of all personnel assigned by the Offeror
under this contract. The personnel must be cordial, well groomed and cognizant of the
fact that they may be entering student living buildings. If for any reason, the University
believes that these guidelines are not being followed, it will request intervention from
appropriate supervisory personnel. If inappropriate behavior occurs, the University shall
be entitled to a change in personnel serving the campus.
The successful Offeror agrees that it will comply with the university Policy regarding
Registered Sex Offenders and shall not knowingly permit any employee who is a
registered sex offender to service the University residence halls, Model Laboratory
School, the basement of the Burrier Building where the Child Development Center is
currently located, or any areas of campus or University’s buildings. The University at any
time can ask for personnel background check report to be provided by successful
Offeror.
Food and drink items consumed by the contractor employees are to be kept disposed of
in a proper container. No EKU garbage can shall be used by contractor for any debris.
No employees are to enter existing buildings for reasons except construction business.
01.02
TOBACCO-FREE CAMPUS
A. The use of all Tobacco is prohibited on all Property that is owned, leased, occupied, or
controlled by the University. This includes buildings and structures, residence halls,
housing facilities operated by Employee Housing, grounds, exterior open spaces,
parking lots, and garages, on-campus sidewalks, streets, driveways, stadiums,
recreational spaces, practice fields, University Property outside the main campus such
as regional campuses, farm facilities, art galleries, performance venues, and sporting
venues and functions that are held in these facilities and venues.
The use of Tobacco is prohibited in Vehicles owned, leased or rented by the University,
including maintenance Vehicles, automobiles, shuttles, utility Vehicles, and golf carts as
well as while in personal Vehicles on University Property.
B. Tobacco includes all forms of Tobacco including, but not limited to, cigarettes, cigars,
pipes, water pipes (hookah), electronic cigarettes, bidis, clove cigarettes and smokeless
tobacco products (snuff, chewing tobacco, and dipping tobacco). Tobacco does not
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
2
include nicotine replacement therapies such as patches, gum or prescription medication
intended to assist an individual in quitting the use of Tobacco.
01.03
SAFETY
A. Material Safety Data Sheets must be kept at job site at all times.
B. EKU values safety. While it is contractor’s responsibility to comply with OSHA safety
regulation, owner can stop work at any time for carrying out work unsafely. If work is
stopped by owner for safety reason, extension of time is not granted to compensate the
lost time.
Fire protection must be maintained at job site at all times. Contractors must carry
maintained and useable portable fire extinguishers on all trucks.
02. GREEN PURCHASING POLICY
A. The university is committed to reducing the adverse environmental impact of its
purchasing decisions; it is committed to buying goods and services from contractors who
share its environmental concern and commitment. The University encourages bidders to
include in their responses economical and environmentally friendly products and service
options that serve to minimize waste, reduce excess packing and packaging, recycle,
reduce, reuse, prevent pollution, and/or offer resource efficiency. It’s the University’s
goal to maximize environmental responsibility on its campuses.
03. RECYCLING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT POLICY
A. The University recognizes the need to be good stewards for its waste management
practices and policies and recognizes the importance of having vendors and/or their
subcontractors be cognizant of the same practices and policies. Some jobs may, upon
discretion of the university, require a waste and recycling plan, while others may consist
of individual considerations for a particular job on means and methods of handling of
various discarded material. The university encourages each vendor to be proactive in
reviewing all avenues available to them for reducing the waste stream and encourage
recycling to the greatest extent possible and practical.
04. PARKING AND TRAFFIC CONTROL
04.01
PARKING
A. Insure proper parking permit is obtained before commencing work. Under normal
circumstances the contractor will be allowed two vehicles at the work site. All other
vehicles will be given a permit to park in a Commuter Lot.
B. No leaking vehicles allowed to park on campus.
C. The university reserves the right to eject contractor’s vehicles from university property
due to leaking of any fluids and charge contractor for cleaning the leaked area.
D. No parking on sidewalks.
04.02
TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Delivery and other temporary vehicles shall be located in a manner that will not interfere
with any required emergency exit, or the traffic of the campus.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
3
B. EKU shall receive 48 hour advanced notice of any deliveries that will affect others on
campus.
C. Contractor shall not block fire truck access unless approved in advance and only in
extreme circumstances. (48 hour advanced notice to owner must be given.)
05. PEDESTRIAN AND PROPERTY PROTECTION
05.01
GENERAL
A. Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect EKU's personnel,
students and general public from injury due to the work. These barricades are to be
maintained daily and kept in orderly manner. EKU will not provide any barricades. A
barricade plan shall be discussed at the preconstruction meeting.
B. It is the contractor’s responsibility to protect their work from vandalism.
C. Protect existing adjacent work from damage that shall remain in place. Damage incurred
by contractor will immediately be repaired to its original state at contractor’s expense.
D. Provide protection when extensive dust operations are performed.
E. Damages to any existing Buildings, including the University roads, parking lots, drives,
walks, and grass, etc., resulting from the work or related operations whether caused by
the Contractor's personnel, his Subcontractors or his material suppliers, shall be
repaired or replaced, at no additional cost to the University, and to the satisfaction of the
Owner.
F. Protect the road/sidewalk surface from equipment such as crane or dump truck when
they are stationed for longer time with plywood underneath.
G. Before excavating the ground, EKU must be notified at least three business days prior to
the commencement of work in addition to complying with the requirement to call 811
before dig.
H. Every effort must be taken to insure that the damaged areas are repaired in an ongoing
process along with the original intent of the project. If the owner feels the contractor is
NOT making a concentrated effort in keeping the schedule as referred in the bid
document, the owner reserves the right to move this project forward by whatever means
necessary. Eastern’s intent with this clause shall maintain “The Campus Beautiful” even
during the construction time. (See section 6 Landscape Reconstruction)
05.02
CONCRETE SURFACES
A. During any construction activity if any concrete surfaces are damaged, they shall be
repaired by contractor with no additional cost to owner. Minimum length of patch repair
shall match existing spacing of joints and shall be done by the contractor who is in
concrete business for at least 3 years. Repair shall not be less than four full inches.
Repair shall be same as existing walk if more than four inches.
B. Concrete mix shall be minimum 4000 PSI @ 28 days. Slump shall be 4 inch (plus/minus
one) with maximum water/cement ratio of 0.5. No calcium chloride is permitted to be
used. Free flowing concrete shall be provided only on request and shall be provided only
by using admixtures (super plasticizers) expressly designed for that purpose. Water shall
not be used. Ambient temperature shall be 40°F and above for placement of concrete.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
4
Use Super Diamond Clear by Euclid (or Equal) following manufacturer’s instructions to
cure concrete.
C. Synthetic Fiber (by W.R. Grace and Company or equal) shall be added at the rate of one
pound of fiber per square yard of concrete. Do not use fibers in exposed aggregate.
D. Forms shall be either wood or metal and shall be straight, free from warp and of
sufficient strength to resist spring during construction. Wood forms shall be minimum of
1 ½ inch in thickness (except in curved situations). Metal forms shall have a flat to
surface. Whatever form is used it shall be staked and/ or braced sufficiently to hold
required line and grade. Any pour not meeting these criteria will be rejected and required
to be replaced.
E. An expansion joint shall be used at all junctions that the new concrete meets existing
rigid structures such as column, buildings, manholes and other walks. Use Foamtech
Expansion joints (or equal) ½ inch in width. Dowell pin and sleeve shall be installed at all
expansion joints. Dowell pin shall be #4 rebar in length of 10 inches and sleeves shall
consist of ¾” PVC conduit cut into lengths of 6 inches.
F. All control joints shall be cut (grooved) a minimum of one fourth the thickness of the slab.
This shall be done within a 24 hour.
G. #4 rebar-grid with maximum spacing of 18 inch on center shall be installed with minimum
clear cover of 1½” from the bottom of concrete surface for vehicular traffic. Grid shall
start 3 inch from the edge. If splices are necessary minimum lap length shall be 18 inch
and laps shall be staggered. No steel reinforcement shall be required in pedestrian traffic
area.
H. Detailed concrete flatwork replacement specification is available from Project
Administration upon request.
06. SITE CONDITIONS
06.01
GENERAL - (NO PARKING ON GRASS)
A. The Contractor shall maintain his materials and organize his work in such a manner as
to minimize any inconvenience to persons using same area of movement.
B. The Contractor shall restrict his operations and movements in areas of the buildings,
grounds that are strictly necessary to his work.
C. Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for disposing of equipment removed
from the site during the work. Contractor shall remove, transport, and dispose of all
debris. Contractor shall maintain a conveyance adjacent to the work in which debris shall
be deposited as it is removed from the work. He shall cause the conveyance to be
emptied on a regular basis and not allow overflowed or wind blew materials to deface
site and/or surrounding properties. If contractor does not remove debris within
reasonable time, EKU will remind contractor via email or hand delivered letter with
amount to be fined if EKU has to remove them to keep work site neat and orderly.
Contractor shall not use building elevators for transporting any material or debris unless
authorized in a project scope page.
Contractor shall not use owner’s trash cans for disposal of his/her waste.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
5
EKU assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items, grounds or structures at
areas of work. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be
maintained by EKU insofar as practicable. Photograph or videotape existing conditions
that might be misconstrued as damage related to contractor’s activity. File with EKU
prior to start of work.
Any request for change or deviations from this contract shall be initiated by either the
contractor or the owner. Both must agree in writing to its content.
No utility services are to be interrupted. Contractor shall protect any known utilities
against damage during construction. This includes but not limited to fire, water, gas, and
electricity.
06.02
FACILITIES USAGE
A. The contractor is required to provide temporary toilet facilities. They shall be in quantities
necessary to adequately service workers and contractor’s personnel. Portable toilets on
site shall be serviced regularly and used in accordance with good, clean sanitary
practice. Contractor shall obtain portable toilets from an established firm regularly
providing the same.
B. No cleaning of tools, buckets, vehicles etc. in any facilities.
C. The contractor shall provide communication devices, such as telephones, for use by his
employees or subcontractors and shall not be permitted the free use of the existing EKU
systems.
D. EKU will furnish water and electricity, if required. Contractor shall furnish all labor and
devices required to convey these temporary services from point of connection to point of
use desired by Contractor or his Subcontractors.
06.03
OCCUPANCY
A. EKU will occupy adjacent buildings at areas of work. Conduct work in a manner that will
minimize need for disruption of EKU's normal operations. Provide minimum of 48 hours
advance notice to EKU of activities that will affect the normal operations of the building
and/or area of work. Coordinate all work with EKU, including daily work schedules and
areas of work. Contractor will be required to provide means of egress when not working
on site.
B. If a work affects fire alarms and they need to be turned off, EKU shall be notified at least
3 business days prior to the commencement of work.
C. Protect smoke detectors at all times, any detector that gets painted, damaged, altered or
defaced will be replaced by a certified fire alarm contractor.
06.04
GENERAL WORK HOURS
A. Work Hours for academic buildings must be agreed upon and discussed prior to bidding.
At times toward the semester ending during and before finals, special noise reductions in
certain area will have to be observed. This again will need to be discussed and agreed
upon prior to bidding.
As a general rule, in all occupied resident halls during the fall, spring and summer
semesters, no work shall begin until after 7 AM and completed by 6 PM. This is not for
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
6
an emergency situation. Everyone must be cleared for entrance to the resident hall
through university authorized personnel. At times toward the semester ending during
and before finals, special noise reductions in certain area will have to be observed. This
again will need to be discussed and agreed upon prior to bidding.
06.05
STORAGE AND STAGING
A. Storage and staging areas (if needed) are to be determined at preconstruction meeting.
B. The contractor is responsible for the security of his/her materials and equipment.
07. LANDSCAPE RECONSTRUCTION (IF APPLICABLE)
07.01
GENERAL - STAY OFF GRASS
A. Aerial Lifts and all other motorized equipment must travel on protective turf covering
systems any time they are operated off the pavement. Acceptable systems include:
Territile, Matrax, Georunner, Durradeck, or the equivalent. A double layer of ¾ inch
plywood can be used only for a six hour period or less. Lifts and other equipment must
be stored on pavement when not in use. Never leave lifts or other equipment parked in
lawn areas overnight.
B. Trees and plants are damaged during construction in four main ways:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Physical injury to the trunks and branches
Cutting of roots
Soil compaction
Changing grade in the root zone
The associate director of Facilities Services must approve all digging, trenching, and
other construction activities that may damage trees or plants in any way as described
above.
To minimize damage to trees during construction, a plant protection zone (PPZ) shall be
established as far from the plant as possible, with a preferred distance of one foot from
the trunk for every inch of trunk diameter with a minimum of 10 feet. A fence shall be
erected to prohibit all construction activity, digging, vehicular travel, and material storage
in the PPZ.
When soil disturbance in the PPZ cannot be avoided, the contractor shall use the least
invasive methods applicable. When possible, tunnel under roots instead of trenching
through the root zone. Provide a 6-inch layer of materials, such as wood chips, to
minimize soil compaction if vehicular traffic cannot be avoided in PPZ. Prohibit root
disturbance within ten feet of all trees. Consult with the associate director of Facilities
Services before work of this nature commences.
The contractor shall not, for any reason, dispose of, rinse, mix, store or handle solvents,
fuels, plaster, paint, concrete, or other materials in the PPZ.
The original soil grade must be maintained in the PPZ. No cutting or filling of material will
be permitted.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
7
07.02
LAWN PLANTING PREPARATION
A. In areas where the grade has changed (any cut or filled areas)
1. Limit preparation to areas to be planted in the immediate future.
2. Loosen sub-grade to a minimum depth of four (4) inches. Remove all stones, sticks,
roots and other extraneous material. Subsoil grade shall correspond with finish
grade, i.e. if a 2% slope is specified for the final grade, the sub-grade shall also have
a corresponding 2% slope.
3. Root zone soil (topsoil) shall be a minimum of six (6) inches deep, spread to
specified grade and elevations, lightly rolled and/or irrigated to settle.
4. Topsoil shall be free of rocks, sticks, roots, clods and any other material detrimental
to plant growth.
5. Topsoil and sub-soil shall not be worked if wet or frozen.
6. Place approximately half of topsoil over sub-soil; work into top of loosened sub-soil to
create a transition zone. Place remainder of topsoil required to bring site to final
grade. Till soil to a minimum of six inches. Apply starter fertilizer at a rate, which
provides 0.25 pounds of actual nitrogen per thousand square feet, 1.0 pounds of
phosphorus per thousand square feet and 1.0 pound of potassium per thousand
square feet.
7. Clean surface area of rocks, sticks, roots, clods and all other deleterious material.
8. Grade area to a smooth, even surface with loose uniform texture (pea to marble size
particles).
9. Moisten area before planting when soil is dry. Irrigate thoroughly and allow drying
before planting.
10. Leave soil ½ inch below finish grade in all areas to be sodded.
11. Topsoil shall be tilled to a depth of six (6) inches, soil shall have a medium to fine
texture and soil particles shall be marble to pea sized. Do not pulverize topsoil to a
fine dust. If the topsoil has been overworked, irrigate and allow soil to dry moderately
to reestablish soil texture. Re-grade.
In areas where the grade has not been changed:
1. Remove and dispose of existing vegetation. (It may be permissible to till existing
vegetation into soil, if so the area must be triple tilled and all rocks, sticks, roots,
clods and other extraneous material removed.)
2. Till soil to a minimum of six inches. Apply starter fertilizer at a rate, which provides
0.25 pounds of actual nitrogen per thousand square feet, 1.0 pounds of phosphorus
per thousand square feet and 1.0 pound of potassium per thousand square feet.
3. Clean surface area of rocks, sticks, roots, clods and all other deleterious material.
4. Grade area to a smooth, even surface with loose uniform texture (pea to marble size
particles).
5. Moisten area before planting when soil is dry. Irrigate thoroughly and allow drying
before planting.
Please consult with the Associate Director for Campus and Grounds for current grass
seed specifications.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
8
08. STORM WATER MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE)
A. The amount of storm water runoff should be equal in terms of pre-development and post
development given the design of the storm water system. Storm water runoff from a site
or subdivision shall not adversely impact natural drainage from an uphill drainage basin
or to a downhill drainage basin or adjacent properties.
EKU operates under the requirements of the Kentucky Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (KPDES), under which the EKU must develop, implement, and enforce a
program to reduce pollutants from any storm water runoff resulting from construction
activities that result in a land disturbance greater than or equal to one (1) acre.
Accordingly, all construction site development of one (1) acre or more must
provide the following information before commencement of construction
activities:
1. Provide the Richmond city's Code and Planning Office and copy EKU with a signed
copy of the completed Notice of Intent (NOI) form, KPDES Form NOI-SW within forty
eight (48) hours prior to the initiation of site work.
2. Provide a completed copy of the site-specific Best Management Practices Plan at a
scale not greater than 1"=50 feet to the city's Code and Planning Office and copy
EKU at the time of request for a development plan review by the Planning
Commission. This information shall be available for review by the Technical Advisory
Committee at its regular meeting.
3. Provide the city and EKU with any updates to the Best Management Practices Plan
made during the actual construction process, within twenty-four (24) hours of final
design.
4. Provide the city and copy EKU with a signed copy of the Notice of Termination (NOT)
within forty-eight (48) hours of submittal to the state.
The city and EKU has the right to 1) enter and inspect construction sites with any land
disturbances for the presence of properly installed and functioning sediment control Best
Management Practices and to assure compliance with the BMP site specific plan, 2) to
review the records of the permittee and/or his contractor at both on-site and off-site
locations that pertain to the development, installation, maintenance, and operation of the
BMP Plan, and 3) to require modification to the BMP Plan along with the correlating
physical placement of the modifications at the site, when in the opinion of the city or EKU
the current BMPs are not functioning to the degree necessary to prevent or minimize
erosion or to provide proper sediment control.
Where the permittee and/or his contractor is found to be in non-compliance, each noncompliance item shall be corrected within five (5) working days of notification. The first
occurrence of noncompliance shall result in an issue of Notice of Violation; the second
occurrence or continued noncompliance shall result in a stop work order; the third
occurrence or continued non-compliance shall result in a five hundred dollar ($500) fine
per calendar day of non-compliance along with a filing of a complaint with the Kentucky
Division of Water.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
9
09. ADMINISTRATIVE
09.01
GENERAL
A. (If Applicable) A preliminary construction meeting will be held at a time and place
designated by Owner, for the purpose of identifying responsibilities of Contractor and
Owner. A date will be set at time of Bid opening for the meeting.
1. The Owner will use this meeting for the following minimum agenda:
> Construction Schedule
> Reconstruction Schedule
> Use of areas of the site
> Delivery and storage
> Safety
> Post clean-up
2. Procedures relation to the following will be discussed:
> Submittals
> Change orders
> Applications for payment
> Record documents
3. Meeting attendees shall include:
> The Owner
> The Contractor and its Superintendent (All Must Be Present)
> Sub contractor representative (if applicable)
> Manufacturer representative
09.02
SUB CONTRACTOR
A. If the primary contractor is responsible for other areas of construction or reconstruction
in the job specification, only subcontractors that are job specific to the specification will
be accepted. A minimum of three years experience by the subcontractor is required,
including successfully completed jobs of or equal complexity. These must be listed when
bids are submitted. (Eastern reserves the right to wave these requirements.)
B. Please list any and all subcontractors to be used on this job. Subcontractors not list on
the bid form cannot be used without written permission by the University. Subcontractors
listed on the bid form shall not be changed without written permission by the University.
The general contractor shall list itself for any subcontractor trades for which it has
competent staff and equipment to perform.
09.03
KEY CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
A. Temporary keys for a construction project and/or vendors will be issued upon approval
by Project Administration or Facilities Services. Unless prior approval is granted by the
director of Project Administration or Facilities Services, all keys must be singed in and
out daily. If prior approval is granted to keep a key for the duration of a project, the key
must be returned at the end of the project. Master and series sub-master keys will on be
provided if the scope of the project requires the key. Contractors are responsible for all
the expenses created by lost or misused keys.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
10
09.04
SITE VISIT
A. All Contractors, before submitting bids, shall visit and examine the site as necessary to
satisfy themselves as to the nature and scope of required work, including any and all
dimensional measurements, and any difficulties attending the execution of the work as
hereinafter specified and as indicated on the drawings. The submission of a bid will be
construed as evidence that a visit and examination has been made. Later claims for
labor, equipment, or materials required or difficulties encountered which could have
been foreseen had such an examination been made, will not be recognized. No
consideration will be given to any claim based on lack of knowledge of existing
conditions.
09.05
MEASUREMENTS
A. Each Contractor shall be responsible for verification of all measurements and
dimensions at the site before ordering any materials or doing any work. No extra
compensation shall be allowed due to difference in actual dimensions and measured
dimensions. NOTE: DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. EKU will not be responsible for
deviations in drawing measurements, even if listed on a drawing provided by EKU.
09.06
MATERIALS
A. If a product is submitted other than the product specified within these contract
documents, it is the contractor’s responsibility to submit these different products at bid
opening. No submittals will indicate that the products specified herein will be used with
no alternate accepted at a later date.
B. Any materials, labor, equipment or services not mentioned specifically within these
documents, which may be necessary to complete or perfect any part of the work in a
substantial manner, in compliance with the requirements stated, implied or intended in
the specifications and/or drawings, shall be included as part of this contract. NOTE: EKU
will not furnish any materials, labor, equipment or services to the Contractor for
completion of the work.
C. EKU shall not and will not be responsible for accepting, unloading and/or storing any
material delivered to the site for this project.
09.07
SCHEDULES
A. Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations and details for dust and
noise control protection for all the work for review prior to start of work.
B. Work can be conducted between daylight and dark during week days. If work after dark
and/or weekend is required, the owner must be notified within 48 hours of scheduled
work and must agree to do so.
09.08
QUALITY OF WORK
A. Workmen or supervisors judged by EKU to be incapable of performing their trade in a
manner commensurate with quality of workmanship required by these specifications and
accompanying drawings shall be immediately removed from this project when directed
by EKU. Work that is not satisfactorily installed shall be removed and replaced at
contractor’s expense.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
11
B. Materials determined by EKU to be defective or unsuitable and not in conformance with
the contract documents shall immediately be removed from the project site. Work shall
cease immediately once a conflict arises. The contractor will be responsible to make
corrections that are in conformance with the contract documents. Any deviations from
the contract document must be approved in writing by EKU prior to installation.
09.09
SIGNS
A. The Contractor shall not display any sign, trademark, etc. except by the approval of
EKU.
09.10
CODE COMPLIANCE (IF APPLICABLE)
A. The following codes and/or Standards, but not limited to, are to be adhered to during this
project. Contractor shall comply with all codes to local jurisdiction.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
09.11
Kentucky Building Code
National Electrical code
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Environmental Protection Agency
State fire Marshals Code
National Fire Protection Association
Underwriters Laboratories
INSPECTION FEES
A. Inspection fees by other agencies and responsibility for payment should be discussed
prior to bid submission. If prior arrangements are not made, the contractor will be held
accountable for all fees.
09.12
PROJECT COMPLETION AND RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall keep one copy of all Contract Documents, drawings, specifications
and shop drawings on the site, in good condition, and a qualified representative of the
Contractor and each Subcontractor shall record on these prints, from day to day as the
Work progresses, all changes and deviations from the Contract Documents. This set will
be delivered to EKU upon completion of the project. Approval of final payments will be
contingent upon compliance with these provisions.
B. At the completion of work the contract area shall be complete, clean and free of all
damage, dirt and other imperfections with all operable equipment functioning properly.
C. The Contractor shall remove all materials or rubbish resulting from his work and leave
the site clean to the satisfaction of EKU upon completion of the work and before final
acceptance of the job can be made.
D. The Contractor shall submit all warranties and guarantees requested by this contract.
E. Remove all temporary barriers, services and devices.
F. After all work is completed, EKU and in conjunction with manufacturer’s representative
(if applicable) shall make a final inspection. Any work not up to standard shall be
removed and replaced before final payment is made. The warranty on the entire project
begins at project completion (upon warranty delivery and final state inspection) for all
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
12
components of the project regardless of when the components (or systems, parts,
pieces, equipment, etc.) were delivered or installed.
10. CAMPUS MAP
See on attached page.
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
13
GENERAL CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
14
Consulting Services Incorporated
Lexington 859.309.6021 | Cincinnati 513.252.2059 | Louisville 502.532.8269
Geotechnical & Materials Engineering | IBC Special Inspection | Material Testing
November 19, 2014
Eastern Kentucky University
Gentry Building
521 Lancaster Avenue
Richmond, KY 40475
ATTN:
Mr. Ed Herzog
Subject:
Earthwork Recommendations
EKU Combs Hall Site
Richmond, Kentucky
CSI Project No. LX140339
Dear Mr. Herzog:
Consulting Services Incorporated of Kentucky (CSI) appreciates the opportunity to provide our letter of
earthwork recommendations of your proposed project. We understand that the area occupied by Combs
Hall (which is currently being razed) will be renovated into a courtyard area with a set of concrete steps.
CSI was contacted by Mr. Ed Herzog to observe backfilling of the site area.
In order to backfill the area properly, it must be free of all previously razed construction debris which
includes old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc. The area then should be backfilled with engineered fill.
This letter contains recommendations for the engineered fill used for backfilling.
Mr. Barry Bishop, EIT, of CSI performed a site visit on November 4, 2014 to sample soils from two possible
off-site borrow sites. The first borrow site was on the main EKU campus where soils from previous
construction had been stockpiled, and the second borrow site was approximately one mile from the main
campus and consisted of natural soils. A backhoe excavator was used to sample materials. The soils from
the first site on the main campus were not suitable for engineered fill because it contained construction
debris and organic materials (such as old slabs, wires, and wood).
The material from the second borrow site was free of debris and organic material so the soils were
sampled. The topsoil on the site had previously been stripped. Two residual soil horizons were observed- a
layer of red-brown clay was observed from the surface to a depth of approximately 2 to 3 feet. Underlying
the red-brown clay was a layer of a lighter brown clay that extended to the top of rock. Samples of each
horizon were taken in two locations across the site.
Earthwork Recommendations
Site Preparation:
•
Asphalt/concrete pavement and base stone should be removed from the construction
area to the required subgrade elevation. Asphalt should be wasted off-site. Base stone
can be stockpiled for later use in fill areas (provided it meets structural fill
requirements) or can be wasted off-site.
•
Topsoil and obvious organic materials should be removed (stripped) from the
construction area and all structural fill areas. These materials should be wasted from
the site or used as topsoil in landscape areas;
•
Remove all old fill, deleterious materials, former structures and materials that are
unsuitable for use in supporting the overlying new fill. These include, but are not
limited to: any uncontrolled trench backfill, in sanitary sewer or abandoned electric
lines, old building remnants (including old foundations), cisterns, old asphalt/concrete,
etc. The backfill should be consistent with the requirements listed in the following
sections of this letter;
•
Areas ready to receive new fill should be proofolled with a heavily loaded dump truck or
similar equipment judged acceptable by a CSI geotechnical engineer;
•
The level of proofroll should be determined by a CSI geotechnical engineer on a case-bycase basis;
•
Perform the proofrolling after a suitable period of dry weather to avoid degrading the
subgrade;
•
Areas which pump, rut, or wave during proofrolling may require undercutting,
depending on the location of the area and the use of the area, so a CSI geotechnical
engineer should be contacted for guidance;
•
Backfill of undercut areas should be performed in accordance with sections the
following sections;
EKU Combs Hall Site, Richmond, Kentucky
CSI Project Number LX140339
November 19, 2014
pg 2 of 5
•
Retain CSI to observe the proofrolling operations and make recommendations for any
unstable or unsuitable conditions encountered---this can save time on the construction
schedule and save unnecessary undercutting;
We recommend that site grading should take place between about late April to early November. Earthwork
taking place outside this time period will likely encounter wet conditions and weather conditions that will
provide little to no assistance with drying the soils.
Soil Fill:
Four samples were taken from the second borrow site identified by Mr. Ron Snider of Eastern Kentucky
University- two samples of a red-brown clay from 2 to 3 feet, and two samples of a light brown clay from
4 to 5 feet. Two Atterberg limits tests were performed on representative soil samples from each soil
horizon of the borrow site area. Our laboratory testing indicated that the red-brown clay in the upper
horizon was a lean clay (CL), while the light brown clay from the lower horizon was a fat clay (CH). Please
reference the attached standard Proctor sheets for further details. Thus, it is our opinion that only the
upper red-brown lean clay (CL) should be used as engineered backfill.
After the subgrade has been approved to receive new fill, the fill may commence with the following
procedures and guidelines recommended:
•
Place fill in maximum 8-inch thick loose lifts;
•
Fill lifts should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the soil's maximum dry density
(ASTM D 698);
•
Maintain the moisture content of compacted fill within 3 percent of optimum moisture;
•
Soils with a plasticity index (PI) of greater than 30 should not be used in the new fill;
•
Maximum particle size of the soil should be limited to 4 inches in any dimension with no
large concentrations of large fragments;
•
Density testing should be performed as a means to verify percent compaction and
moisture content of the material as it is being placed and compacted;
EKU Combs Hall Site, Richmond, Kentucky
CSI Project Number LX140339
November 19, 2014
pg 3 of 5
•
Observation of fill “stability” is also critical, so it is recommended to observe the
operation of the filling equipment traversing over the new fill to document movement
(similar to proofrolling);
•
Soils should not be “overcompacted” and construction traffic should be kept to
minimum to assure compaction is achieved and that the soil is not allowed to “break
down”;
•
Retain a representative of CSI to observe and document fill placement and compaction
operations.
Backfill Operations:
These materials are placed in more confined areas than mass earthwork materials and therefore cannot be
placed in full compliance with previous sections. The following are general recommendations for backfill
areas:
•
Fill lift thicknesses will vary dependent on compaction equipment available and material types,
but in no case should exceed 8 inches;
•
For crushed stone/aggregate backfills in trenches or wall backfill and when using smaller
compaction equipment (such as a plate compactor or trench compactor or similar) the lift
thickness should not exceed 4 inches;
•
Compaction/moisture percentages and density testing frequency should be the same as in the
soil fill section;
•
CSI should be retained to provide addition recommendations for backfill.
General Notes:
•
For all earthwork operations, positive surface drainage is prudent to keep water from
ponding on the surface and to assist in maintaining surface stability;
EKU Combs Hall Site, Richmond, Kentucky
CSI Project Number LX140339
November 19, 2014
pg 4 of 5
LIQUID AND PLASTIC LIMITS TEST REPORT
60
Dashed line indicates the approximate
upper limit boundary for natural soils
50
C
H
o
rO
H
PLASTICITY INDEX
40
30
20
C
L
o
rO
L
10
CL-ML
4
7
ML or OL
MH or OH
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
LIQUID LIMIT
70
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
LL
PL
PI
red brown LEAN CLAY with sand
46
22
brown FAT CLAY
60
25
Project No. LX140339
Client: EKU
80
90
%<#40
100
%<#200
USCS
24
79.6
CL
35
88.4
CH
Remarks:
Project: Combs Hall Borrow
Source of Sample: Bulk
Source of Sample: Bulk
Depth: 1.5
Depth: 3.0
110
Sample Number: Bulk 1
Sample Number: Bulk 1
Figure
COMPACTION TEST REPORT
110
105
21.6%, 101.6 pcf
Dry density, pcf
100
ZAV for
Sp.G. =
2.70
95
90
85
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
Water content, %
Test specification: ASTM D 698-00a Method A Standard
Elev/
Depth
USCS
1.5
CL
Classification
AASHTO
Nat.
Moist.
18.8
TEST RESULTS
Maximum dry density = 101.6 pcf
Sp.G.
LL
PI
46
24
%>
#4
79.6
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
red brown LEAN CLAY with sand
Optimum moisture = 21.6 %
Client: EKU
Project No. LX140339
Project: Combs Hall Borrow
Source of Sample: Bulk
%<
No.200
Remarks:
Sample Number: Bulk 1
Figure
COMPACTION TEST REPORT
102
21.0%, 101.0 pcf
100.5
Dry density, pcf
ZAV for
Sp.G. =
2.60
99
97.5
96
94.5
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Water content, %
Test specification: ASTM D 698-00a Method A Standard
Elev/
Depth
USCS
2.0 & 4.0
CL
Classification
AASHTO
Nat.
Moist.
23.1
TEST RESULTS
Maximum dry density = 101.0 pcf
Sp.G.
LL
PI
45
23
%>
#4
76.7
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
brown LEAN CLAY with sand
Optimum moisture = 21.0 %
Project No. LX140339
Client: EKU
Project: Combs Hall Borrow
Source of Sample: Bulk
%<
No.200
Remarks:
Sample Number: Bulk 2
Figure
COMPACTION TEST REPORT
94.5
93
27.3%, 92.0 pcf
Dry density, pcf
91.5
90
ZAV for
Sp.G. =
2.70
88.5
87
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
Water content, %
Test specification: ASTM D 698-00a Method A Standard
Elev/
Depth
USCS
3.0
CH
Classification
AASHTO
Nat.
Moist.
23.7
TEST RESULTS
Maximum dry density = 92.0 pcf
Sp.G.
LL
PI
60
35
%>
#4
88.4
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
brown FAT CLAY
Optimum moisture = 27.3 %
Client: EKU
Project No. LX140339
Project: Combs Hall Borrow
Source of Sample: Bulk
%<
No.200
Remarks:
Sample Number: Bulk 1
Figure
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Consulting Services Incorporated
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs Hall Site
Date 11-18-14
page: 1 of 4
PROJECT NO.: LX140339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Herman Peters
WEATHER: Sunny 30’s
DATE: Tuesday, November 18, 2014
Materials Testing - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe proper removal of all previously razed
construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.). While on site, the CSI
representative met with Rob with HCL Demolition.
The CSI representative observed HCL Demolition excavate an existing foundation of the Combs Hall
building (demolished prior to our arrival on-site). Please see Figure 1 for the excavated foundation
location details. HCL Demolition used a Komatsu PC-400 LC excavator and Hitachi Zaxis 350 LC hoeram to remove the existing foundations. Once excavated, the old foundation debris was loaded into
tri-axle dumptrucks and trucked to an off-site location.
The CSI representative observed the existing foundations prior to and after excavation. CSI personnel
observed deleterious material (i.e.- concrete, rebar, utilities) left in-place in the excavation
(foundation was not completely removed). Then, the excavation was filled in with unsuitable fill
material (the excavated material which contained concrete and rebar fragments). Please see photos
below for details.
Observations and discrepancies were reported to Rob and Mr. Dennis Brinley with HCL Demolition.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-18-14
page: 2 of 4
Figure 1: Work Area
Area where excavation of existing footings were removed
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-18-14
page: 3 of 4
Photo 1: Area where excavation of existing footings and wall to be removed
Photo 2: Area where excavation of existing footings and wall after removal
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-18-14
page: 4 of 4
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/1/14
Reviewed By
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Consulting Services Incorporated
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs Hall Site
Date 11-19-14
page: 1 of 7
PROJECT NO.: LX140339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Jessica Workman, EIT
WEATHER: Sunny 30’s
DATE: Wednesday, November 19, 2014
Materials Testing - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe proper removal of all previously razed
construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.). While on site, the CSI
representative met with Rob with HCL Demolition.
The CSI representative observed HCL Demolition excavate an existing foundation of the Combs Hall
building (demolished prior to our arrival on-site). Please see Figure 1 for the excavated foundation
location details. HCL Demolition used a Komatsu PC-400 LC excavator and Hitachi Zaxis 350 LC hoeram to remove the existing foundations. Once excavated, the old foundation debris was loaded into
tri-axle dumptrucks and trucked to an off-site location.
The CSI representative observed the existing foundations prior to and after excavation. CSI personnel
observed deleterious material (i.e.- concrete, rebar, utilities) left in-place in the excavation
(foundation was not completely removed). Then, the excavation was filled in with unsuitable fill
material (the excavated material which contained concrete and rebar fragments). Please see photos
below for details.
Observations and discrepancies were reported to Rob and Mr. Dennis Brinley with HCL Demolition.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-19-14
page: 2 of 7
Figure 1: Work Area
Legend:
Area where excavation of existing footings was observed
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-19-14
page: 3 of 7
Photo 1: View of the hoe-ram breaking up the old foundations (previously excavated)
Photo 2: View of the excavator loading foundation debris (concrete and rebar) into the dumptruck
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-19-14
page: 4 of 7
Photo 3: View of the existing foundation prior to removal
Photo 4: View of the excavator removing the old foundation
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-19-14
page: 5 of 7
Photo 5: View of the area after the foundation was removed
Photo 6: View of compactive effort applied to fill material
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-19-14
page: 6 of 7
Photo 7: View of fill placed containing foundation debris (utility pipe)
Photo 8: View of fill placed containing foundation debris (utility wires)
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX14-0339
Date 11-19-14
page: 7 of 7
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/1/14
Reviewed By
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Consulting Services Incorporated
November 20, 2014
pg. 1 of 9
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs Hall Site
PROJECT NO.: LX14-0339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Tyler Lewis - CEP
WEATHER: Sunny 40’s
DATE: Thursday, November 20, 2014
Materials Testing - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe proper removal of all previously razed
construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.). While on site, the CSI
representative met with Rob with HCL Demolition.
The CSI representative observed HCL Demolition excavate an existing foundation of the Combs Hall
building (demolished prior to our arrival on-site). Please see Figure 1 for the excavated foundation
location details. HCL Demolition used a Komatsu PC-400 LC excavator and Hitachi Zaxis 350 LC hoeram to remove the existing foundations. Once excavated, the old foundation debris was loaded into
tri-axle dumptrucks and trucked to an off-site location.
The CSI representative observed the existing foundations prior to and after excavation. CSI personnel
observed deleterious material (i.e.- concrete, rebar, utilities) left in-place in the excavation
(foundation was not completely removed). Then, the excavation was filled in with unsuitable fill
material (the excavated material which contained concrete and rebar fragments). Please see photos
below for details.
Observations and discrepancies were reported to Rob and Mr. Dennis Brinley with HCL Demolition.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 2 of 9
Figure 1: Site Location
Drawing provided by Ron Snider with Eastern Kentucky University
Legend:
Approximate Location of Excavation of Existing Footings
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 3 of 9
Photo 1: View of Location of Excavation of Footings
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 4 of 9
Photo 2: View of Excavation of Existing Footings
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 5 of 9
Photo 3: View of Excavation of Existing Footings
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 6 of 9
Photo 4: View of Loaded Tri-Axle Dump Truck and Komatsu Track-Hoe Used for Excavation of Footings
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 7 of 9
Photo 5: View of Debris Excavated from Existing Footing Location
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 8 of 9
Photo 6: View of Existing Footing Location after Excavation of Debris
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
November 20, 2014
pg. 9 of 9
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/1/14
Reviewed By
Barry Bishop - Project Manager
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Consulting Services Incorporated
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs Hall Site
Date 11-25-14
page: 1 of 9
PROJECT NO.: LX140339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Barry Bishop, EIT
WEATHER: Sunny, 50’s
DATE: Tuesday, November 25, 2014
Materials Testing - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe proper removal of all previously razed
construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.) and to observe fill
placement in areas where proper removal of previously razed construction debris (including old
foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.) had been performed. While on site, the CSI representative
met with Dennis Brintley with HCL Demolition.
The CSI representative observed HCL Demolition excavate an existing foundation of the Combs Hall
building (demolished prior to our arrival on-site). Please see Figure 1 for the excavated foundation
location details. HCL Demolition used a Komatsu PC-400 LC excavator and Hitachi Zaxis 350 LC hoeram to remove the existing foundations. Once excavated, the old foundation debris was loaded into
tri-axle dumptrucks and trucked to an off-site location. CSI also observed placement of soil fill.
Hager Excavating obtained fill from an off-site approved borrow location. Fill was transported to the
placement location using tri-axle dump trucks. The fill was placed in 8+ inch loose lifts using a CAT
D5C dozer. A compactive effort was applied using a Hamm 3410 sheepsfoot roller. CSI observed that
fill was placed in general accordance with the approved plans and specifications.
CSI performed in place Field Density Tests (FDTs) on soil fill after a compactive effort had been
applied. The testing performed indicated values that met or exceeded the specified 95% of Standard
proctor maximum dry density: Bulk 1 - 1.5’ as determined by CSI.
One moisture reading measured dry of 3% of the Optimum Moisture Content, however, the soil had a
sufficient amount of moisture by visual observation.
Observations, testing results, and discrepancies were reported to Dennis Brintley with HCL.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 2 of 9
Approximate fill area:
Approximate excavation area:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 3 of 9
Summary of Fill Placement Testing and Observations
IBC Citation 1704.7
Location of Placed Fill:
Description of Fill Material Placed: brown lean clay
Source of Fill Material: off site stockpiles
Loose Lift Thickness [inches]: 8 to 10
Number of Lifts Placed: 3
Elevation / Depths Based on: N/A
Number of Bulk Samples Obtained Today: 0
Proctor Check-points Performed: 4
Surface Moisture / Density Gauge Model / Serial No.: 19597
Gauge’s Density Standard (DS): 656
Gauge’s Moisture Standard (MS): 1790
Equipment Used to Transport Soil to Placement Area: Tri-axle dump trucks
Equipment Used to Spread Soil: CAT D5C bulldozer
Equipment Used for Compactive Effort of Soil: Hamm 3410 sheepsfoot roller
Range of Moisture Content and Density Test Results
Lift(s)
Elevation / Depth
Number
of tests
Dry Density
Moisture
Compaction
[pcf]
[%]
[%]
Number of
Failing Tests
1-3
subgrade
15
98.6-105.8
16.3-21.9
97-104
1
Moisture - Density Relationships Used
Fill Specifications
Proctor
ID
Maximum
Dry Density
Optimum
Moisture
Soil Description
USCS
Placement
Type
Compaction
[%]
Moisture
range
Bulk 1 1.5’
101.6
21.6
brown lean clay
with gravel
CL
compacted
loose lifts
95 min
±3
[pcf]
[%]
Was Area Proofrolled?: Yes
Size and Weight of Truck Performing Proofroll: Tri-axle dump truck, estimated at 60,000 lbs
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 4 of 9
In-Place Field Density Tests
IBC Citation 1704.7
Test
No.
Location
Elevation /
Depth
Below
Subgrade
[feet]
1
Lift 1: front right of lot
N/A
19.0
101.9
101.6
100
95
2
Lift 2: front right of lot
N/A
21.1
99.9
101.6
98
95
3
LIft 1: front center of lot
N/A
20.8
103.6
101.6
102
95
4
Lift 1: back right of lot
N/A
17.7
101.5
101.6
100
95
5
Lift 1: center middle of lot
N/A
21.3
101.8
101.6
100
95
6
Lift 1: center right of lot
N/A
19.4
105.8
101.6
104
95
7
Lift 3: front right corner of lot
N/A
16.3
102.6
101.6
101
95
8
Lift 2: center right of lot
N/A
19.1
100.9
101.6
99
95
9
Lift 2: center middle of lot
N/A
18.0
101.5
101.6
100
95
10
Lift 2: back right of lot
N/A
18.6
103.8
101.6
102
95
11
Lift 3: front right of lot
N/A
19.8
104.9
101.6
103
95
12
Lift 3: middle center of lot
N/A
18.3
98.8
101.6
97
95
13
Lift 3: back right of lot
N/A
17.7
102.8
101.6
101
95
14
LIft 3: back right of lot
N/A
21.9
98.6
101.6
97
95
Field
Moisture
[%]
In-place
Dry
Density
[PCF]
Maximum
Dry
Density
Attained
Compaction
[%]
Specified
Compaction
[%]
Test Locations Determined by: CSI Professional estimated
The Percent Compaction for In-place Density Tests are Based on Laboratory ASTM D698
Moisture-Density Relationships Determined in Accordance with:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 5 of 9
Photo 1: View of compaction of fill material
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 6 of 9
Photo 2: View of lift thickness
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 7 of 9
Photo 3: View of soil being delivered in back right of lot
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 8 of 9
Photo 4: View back foundation line being excavated
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-25-14
page: 9 of 9
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/2/14
Reviewed By
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Consulting Services Incorporated
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs Hall Site
Date 11-26-14
page: 1 of 6
PROJECT NO.: LX140339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Travis Greenwell, EIT
WEATHER: Sunny, 50’s
DATE: Wednesday, November 26, 2014
Materials Testing - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe fill placement in areas where proper
removal of previously razed construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.)
had been performed. While on site, the CSI representative met with Dennis Brintley with HCL
Demolition.
CSI observed placement of soil fill. Hager Excavating obtained fill from an off-site approved borrow
location. Fill was transported to the placement location using tri-axle dump trucks. The fill was
placed in 8+ inch loose lifts using a CAT D5C dozer. A compactive effort was applied using a Hamm
3410 sheepsfoot roller. CSI observed that fill was placed in general accordance with the approved
plans and specifications.
CSI performed in place Field Density Tests (FDTs) on soil fill after a compactive effort had been
applied. The testing performed indicated values that met or exceeded the specified 95% of Standard
proctor maximum dry density: Bulk 1 - 1.5’ as determined by CSI.
Observations, testing results, and discrepancies were reported to Dennis Brintley with HCL.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-26-14
page: 2 of 6
Approximate work area:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-26-14
page: 3 of 6
Summary of Fill Placement Testing and Observations
IBC Citation 1704.7
Location of Placed Fill:
Description of Fill Material Placed: brown lean clay
Source of Fill Material: off site stockpiles
Loose Lift Thickness [inches]: 8 to 10
Number of Lifts Placed: 3
Elevation / Depths Based on: N/A
Number of Bulk Samples Obtained Today: 0
Proctor Check-points Performed: 4
Surface Moisture / Density Gauge Model / Serial No.: 19597
Gauge’s Density Standard (DS): 656
Gauge’s Moisture Standard (MS): 1790
Equipment Used to Transport Soil to Placement Area: Tri-axle dump trucks
Equipment Used to Spread Soil: CAT D5C bulldozer
Equipment Used for Compactive Effort of Soil: Hamm 3410 sheepsfoot roller
Range of Moisture Content and Density Test Results
Lift(s)
Elevation / Depth
Number
of tests
Dry Density
Moisture
Compaction
[pcf]
[%]
[%]
Number of
Failing Tests
1-3
subgrade
15
97.8 to 102.9
17.9 to 24.7
96.3 to 101.3
4
Moisture - Density Relationships Used
Fill Specifications
Proctor
ID
Maximum
Dry Density
Optimum
Moisture
Soil Description
USCS
Placement
Type
Compaction
[%]
Moisture
range
Bulk 1 1.5’
101.6
21.6
brown lean clay
with gravel
CL
compacted
loose lifts
95 min
±3
[pcf]
[%]
Was Area Proofrolled?: Yes
Size and Weight of Truck Performing Proofroll: Tri-axle dump truck, estimated at 60,000 lbs
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-26-14
page: 4 of 6
In-Place Field Density Tests
IBC Citation 1704.7
Test
No.
Location
Elevation /
Depth
Below
Subgrade
[feet]
1
Lift 1: back right of lot
N/A
18.0
101.1
101.6
100
95
2
Lift 1: front right of lot
N/A
18.1
102.4
101.6
101
95
3
LIft 1: center right of lot
N/A
18.7
101.7
101.6
100
95
4
Lift 2: center right of lot
N/A
19.6
100.3
101.6
99
95
5
Lift 2: front right of lot
N/A
17.9
102.8
101.6
101
95
6
Lift 2: back right of lot
N/A
21.0
99.7
101.6
98
95
7
Lift 1: front left corner of
building pad
N/A
22.8
100.7
101.6
99
95
8
Lift 1: back left corner of
building pad
N/A
21.5
102.9
101.6
101
95
9
Lift 2: center of building pad
N/A
23.8
100.3
101.6
99
95
10
Lift 2: back left corner of
building pad
N/A
23.4
101.4
101.6
100
95
11
Lift 2: front left corner of
building pad
N/A
21.9
102.6
101.6
101
95
12
Lift 3: center of building pad
N/A
22.6
100.6
101.6
99
95
13
Lift 3: center of building pad
N/A
24.7
98.8
101.6
97
95
14
LIft 3: back left corner of
building pad
N/A
20.7
98.0
101.6
96
95
15
Lift 3: left center of building pad
N/A
21.3
97.8
101.6
96
95
Field
Moisture
[%]
In-place
Dry
Density
[PCF]
Maximum
Dry
Density
Attained
Compaction
[%]
Specified
Compaction
[%]
Test Locations Determined by: CSI Professional estimated
The Percent Compaction for In-place Density Tests are Based on Laboratory ASTM D698
Moisture-Density Relationships Determined in Accordance with:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-26-14
page: 5 of 6
Photo 1: View of compaction of fill material
Photo 2: View of density test being performed
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 11-26-14
page: 6 of 6
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/2/14
Reviewed By
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Consulting Services Incorporated
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs Hall Site
Date 12-1-14
page: 1 of 6
PROJECT NO.: LX140339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Travis Greenwell, EIT
WEATHER: Rainy, 40’s
DATE: Mon, Dec 1, 2014
Materials Inspection - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe fill placement in areas where proper
removal of previously razed construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.)
had been performed. While on site, the CSI representative met with Dennis Brintley with HCL
Demolition.
CSI observed placement of soil fill. Hager Excavating obtained fill from an off-site approved borrow
location. Fill was transported to the placement location using tri-axle dump trucks. The fill was
placed in 6 - 8 inch loose lifts using a CAT D5C dozer. A compactive effort was applied using a Hamm
3410 sheepsfoot roller. CSI observed that fill was placed in general accordance with the approved
plans and specifications.
CSI performed in place Field Density Tests (FDTs) on soil fill after a compactive effort had been
applied. The testing performed indicated values that met or exceeded the specified 95% of Standard
proctor maximum dry density: Bulk 1 - 1.5’ as determined by CSI.
Observations, testing results, and discrepancies were reported to Dennis Brintley with HCL.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 12-1-14
page: 2 of 6
Approximate work area:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 12-1-14
page: 3 of 6
Summary of Fill Placement Testing and Observations
IBC Citation 1704.7
Location of Placed Fill: see Figure 1
Description of Fill Material Placed: brown lean clay
Source of Fill Material: off site stockpiles
Loose Lift Thickness [inches]: 6 to 8
Number of Lifts Placed: 3
Elevation / Depths Based on: N/A
Number of Bulk Samples Obtained Today: 0
Proctor Check-points Performed: 4
Surface Moisture / Density Gauge Model / Serial No.: 19597
Gauge’s Density Standard (DS): 654
Gauge’s Moisture Standard (MS): 1791
Equipment Used to Transport Soil to Placement Area: Tri-axle dump trucks
Equipment Used to Spread Soil: CAT D5C bulldozer
Equipment Used for Compactive Effort of Soil: Hamm 3410 sheepsfoot roller
Range of Moisture Content and Density Test Results
Lift(s)
Elevation / Depth
Number
of tests
Dry Density
Moisture
Compaction
[pcf]
[%]
[%]
Number of
Failing Tests
4-6
subgrade
10
98.4 to 102.8
20.8 to 24.4
96.9 to 101.2
0
Moisture - Density Relationships Used
Fill Specifications
Proctor
ID
Maximum
Dry Density
Optimum
Moisture
Soil Description
USCS
Placement
Type
Compaction
[%]
Moisture
range
Bulk 1 1.5’
101.6
21.6
brown lean clay
with gravel
CL
compacted
loose lifts
95 min
±3
[pcf]
[%]
Was Area Proofrolled?: Yes
Size and Weight of Truck Performing Proofroll: Tri-axle dump truck, estimated at 60,000 lbs
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 12-1-14
page: 4 of 6
In-Place Field Density Tests
IBC Citation 1704.7
Test
No.
Location
Elevation /
Depth
Below
Subgrade
[feet]
1
Lift 4: center of building pad
N/A
20.8
102.8
101.6
101
95
2
Lift 4: center left of building pad
N/A
22.2
100.9
101.6
99
95
3
Lift 4: back left corner of
building pad
N/A
22.8
98.4
101.6
97
95
4
Lift 5: center of building pad
N/A
22.8
100.9
101.6
99
95
5
Lift 5: center left of building pad
N/A
21.9
102.1
101.6
100
95
6
Lift 5: back left corner of
building pad
N/A
21.5
100.2
101.6
99
95
7
Lift 6: center of building pad
N/A
20.9
102.3
101.6
101
95
8
Lift 6: center left of building pad
N/A
22.1
102.4
101.6
101
95
9
Lift 6: back left corner of
building pad
N/A
21.2
102.5
101.6
101
95
10
Lift 6: center of building pad
N/A
24.4
99.2
101.6
98
95
Field
Moisture
[%]
In-place
Dry
Density
[PCF]
Maximum
Dry
Density
Attained
Compaction
[%]
Specified
Compaction
[%]
Test Locations Determined by: CSI Professional estimated
The Percent Compaction for In-place Density Tests are Based on Laboratory ASTM D698
Moisture-Density Relationships Determined in Accordance with:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 12-1-14
page: 5 of 6
Photo 1: View of placing of fill material
Photo 2: View of compaction of fill material
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: Combs Hall Site
Project Number: LX140339
Date 12-1-14
page: 6 of 6
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/5/14
Reviewed By
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs
ProjectNumber: LX140339
Consulting Services Incorporated
December 06, 2014
pg 1 of 5
LEXINGTON | LOUISVILLE | CINCINNATI
PROJECT: EKU Combs
PROJECT NO.: LX140339
CLIENT: Eastern Kentucky University
CSI PROFESSIONAL: Chris Maggard, CEP
WEATHER: Cloudy 30’s
DATE: Saturday, December 6, 2014
Materials Testing - Summary of Observations
A CSI representative arrived on-site as requested by Ed Herzog with Eastern Kentucky University to
perform Material Testing Services. Specifically, to observe fill placement in areas where proper
removal of previously razed construction debris (including old foundations, floor slabs, utilities, etc.)
had been performed. While on site, the CSI representative met with Dennis Brintley with HCL
Demolition.
CSI observed placement of soil fill. Hager Excavating obtained fill from an off-site approved borrow
location. Fill was transported to the placement location using tri-axle dump trucks. The fill was
placed in 8+ inch loose lifts using a CAT D5C dozer. A compactive effort was applied using a Hamm
3410 sheepsfoot roller. The fill material being imported has noticably higher moisture content then
allowed. The soil measured 4-6% above the materials optimum moisture. The contractor elected to
hault progress until a more suitible condition can be had.
Observations, testing results, and discrepancies were reported to Dennis Brintley with HCL.
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs
ProjectNumber: LX140339
December 06, 2014
pg 2 of 5
Approximate work area:
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs
ProjectNumber: LX140339
December 06, 2014
pg 3 of 5
Summary of Fill Placement Testing and Observations
IBC Citation 1704.7
Location of Placed Fill:
Description of Fill Material Placed: brown lean clay
Source of Fill Material: off site stockpiles
Loose Lift Thickness [inches]: 8 to 10
Number of Lifts Placed: 1
Elevation / Depths Based on: N/A
Number of Bulk Samples Obtained Today: 0
Proctor Check-points Performed: 4
Surface Moisture / Density Gauge Model / Serial No.: 19597
Gauge’s Density Standard (DS): 656
Gauge’s Moisture Standard (MS): 1790
Equipment Used to Transport Soil to Placement Area: Tri-axle dump trucks
Equipment Used to Spread Soil: CAT D5C bulldozer
Equipment Used for Compactive Effort of Soil: Hamm 3410 sheepsfoot roller
Range of Moisture Content and Density Test Results
Lift(s)
Elevation / Depth
Number
of tests
1-3
subgrade
15
Dry Density
Moisture
Compaction
[pcf]
[%]
[%]
Number of
Failing Tests
25.0-26.3
Moisture - Density Relationships Used
4
Fill Specifications
Proctor
ID
Maximum
Dry Density
Optimum
Moisture
Soil Description
USCS
Placement
Type
Compaction
[%]
Moisture
range
Bulk 1 1.5’
101.6
21.6
brown lean clay
with gravel
CL
compacted
loose lifts
95 min
±3
[pcf]
[%]
Was Area Proofrolled?: Yes
Size and Weight of Truck Performing Proofroll: Tri-axle dump truck, estimated at 60,000 lbs
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs
ProjectNumber: LX140339
December 06, 2014
pg 4 of 5
In-Place Field Density Tests
IBC Citation 1704.7
Elevation /
Depth
Below
Subgrade
[feet]
Field
Moisture
[%]
Test
No.
Location
1
random moisture checks
26.3
2
random moisture checks
25.9
3
random moisture checks
25.8
4
random moisture checks
25.0
In-place
Dry
Density
[PCF]
Maximum
Dry
Density
Attained
Compaction
[%]
Specified
Compaction
[%]
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Project Name: EKU Combs
ProjectNumber: LX140339
December 06, 2014
pg 5 of 5
A final report is an instrument of professional service. Any conclusions drawn from this report should be discussed with and evaluated by
the professional involved. CSI professionals are represented on site solely to observe materials, installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards. The
presence and activities of our field representatives do not relieve any contractor from their obligation to meet contractual requirements.
12/10/14
Reviewed By
Date
END OF REPORT
csikentucky.com | csiohio.com
858 Contract Street, Lexington, KY 40505 | 7098 Distribution Drive, Louisville, KY 40258 | 11162 Luschek Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45241
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
SECTION 021000 – DEWATERING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
1.2
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Furnish all labor and equipment required to dewater all excavations. Dewatering shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor, and no additional compensation will be allowed for same.
B.
Portions of the project are to be constructed in the vicinity of a drainage way. Therefore high
ground water levels may be anticipated on this project. No additional payment will be made
for dewatering associated with high ground water or leakage from any existing facility.
RELATED WORK
A.
Earthwork is included in Section 310000, EARTHWORK, of the Specifications.
B.
Erosion and sedimentation control is included in Section 029000, EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL, of the Specifications.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Dewatering equipment shall be of adequate size and quantity to assure maintaining proper
conditions for excavation and construction. Dewatering shall include proper removal of any
and all liquid, regardless of its source, from the excavation and the use of all practical means
available to prevent surface runoff from entering any excavation.
END OF SECTION 021000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
DEWATERING
021000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
SECTION 024000 - DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
B.
SUMMARY
This Section includes demolition and removal of the following:
1. Buildings and structures; and,
2. Site improvements.
See Section 311000, Site Clearing, for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade
improvements not part of building demolition.
1.02
A.
B.
C.
REFERENCED SECTIONS
Section 029000 – Erosion and Sediment Control
Section 311000 – Site Clearing
Section 343000 – Traffic Control
1.03
A.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
Code of Federal Regulations
1. 40 CFR 82
National Fire Protection Association
1. NFPA 241 – Standard for Safeguarding
B.
1.04
A.
B.
C.
DEFINITIONS
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or recycled.
Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to the Owner.
Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or recycled.
1.05
A.
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their
contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to the
Owner that may be encountered during demolition shall remain on Owner's property. Carefully
remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to
the Owner.
1.06
A.
SUBMITTALS (When required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction)
Qualification Data for the following:
1. Demolition Firm;
2. Test Control Firm; and,
3. Licensed Professional Providing Demolition Oversight.
POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
1. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver approved pollution and dust control drawings to the
Owner prior to the commencement of demolition work if required. The drawing shall outline
proposed methods for dust control, noise control and maintaining the surrounding streets and
buildings in a clean condition for both demolition operations and during debris removal. The
drawing shall be subject to the review and approval by the Owner and the Owner’s engineer.
B.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
DEMOLITION
024000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
C.
DEMOLITION SCHEDULE/PLAN
1. The Contractor shall submit for review and approval a detailed schedule for all proposed
work to the Owner. This submission shall include a calendarized schedule of the proposed
work and a step-by-step description of all aspects pertaining to demolition and protection of
existing structures and adjacent community, labor forces, demolition rubble management and
disposal and other items of work required under this contract.
D.
UTILITY SCHEDULE
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner and all affected utility/service companies, a
proposed schedule of coordination for all necessary utility/service shut-offs, capping and
continuation of utility services as required. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with
written confirmation for all utility or service companies serving the site that service has been
terminated prior to capping, abandoning or removal of any such utility and prior to
commencement of building demolition.
2. The Contractor shall, during his work, accurately locate and mark on the contract drawing the
location of all underground utility and services that have been capped and those that are to
remain within the contract limit area.
E.
PERMITS
1. Prior to submission of bid package, the Contractor shall investigate all permit requirements
and include any cost for these requirements in the bid. Prior to the commencement of work,
the Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and certificates associated with utility
disconnections, storage tank removals and building demolition work from any and all
Federal, State or regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over this project. The Contractor
shall incur all fees and other requirements associated with obtaining the required permits and
certificates. Copies of all permits executed and certificates obtained shall be sent to the
Owner. Costs associated with permit and certificate procurements, including drawing and
permit preparation, revisions, filing fees, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor.
2. Including but not limited to, the following permits and certificates may be applicable and
shall be obtained by the Contractor prior to applying for and obtaining general demolition
permits.
a. Plumbing permit for water shut-off;
b. Plumbing permit for sewer seal;
c. Water shut-off certificate (original);
d. Building and/or Fire Department permit for underground storage tank removal;
e. Letters from Electric and Gas Utility companies and gas meter shut-offs;
f. Letters from Cable TV companies for cable disconnections and removals;
g. Certificate from Tax Office (taxes paid);
h. Letter to adjacent Owners of proposed demolition with proof of receipt;
i. Exterminator Certificate;
j. Board of Health approval;
k. Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Permit;
l. Asbestos Abatement Permit;
m. Asbestos Abatement Completion; and,
n. Demolition Contractor’s License.
F.
TRAFFIC
1. The Contractor shall submit an approved traffic control plan which shall also comply with
Section 343000, Traffic Control if required by Owner.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
DEMOLITION
024000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
G.
H.
I.
1.07
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.08
A.
PREDEMOLITION CONFERENCE
1. The Contractor along with all designated subcontractors shall schedule a predemolition
meeting to be attended by the Owner and other necessary attendees prior to commencement
of work if requested by Owner or Contractor.
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
1. The Contractor shall conduct and provide to the Owner a video of site conditions prior to
initiation of demolition activities. The video shall provide documentation of the condition of
on-site and adjacent building structures and on-site surface features including, but not limited
to curbs, sidewalks, landscapes, pavements, utility structures at grade, light poles, telephone
poles, fences, bollards, etc.
PROGRESS CONFERENCE
1. Once the demolition work has begun, the Contractor shall schedule, administer and attend
meetings with the Owner as deemed necessary by the Owner to maintain optimum degree of
communications between interested parties.
The Contractor shall include selected
subcontractors at such times as their interests may be involved.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
The Contractor shall maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or
used facilities. The Contractor shall not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or
used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
Owner assumes no responsibility for buildings and structures to be demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as
far as practical.
Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the
Work, unless otherwise identified in the Contract Documents.
1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, other than those
identified in the Contract Documents, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner.
Removal/Relocation of Existing Utilities/Structures: The contractor shall be responsible for
removal and/or relocation of existing utilities/structures, whether shown or not shown on the
drawings, at locations where conflicts occur with proposed improvements at no additional cost to
the owner
COORDINATION
Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's or other existing on-site
operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
The Contractor shall supply all materials as required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
EXAMINATION
Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
demolition required.
B.
Review project record documents of existing construction. Owner does not guarantee that
existing conditions are same as those indicated in project record documents.
C.
Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.
D. Verify that all hazardous materials and petroleum products have been removed before proceeding
with demolition operations.
Palmer Engineering
DEMOLITION
Project No. 11043.04
024000 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
E.
Verify that all applicable erosion and sediment control measures are in place before proceeding
with demolition operations in accordance with Section 029000, Erosion and Sediment Control,
and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
3.02
A.
PROTECTION
Existing Facilities: Protect adjacent walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other
building facilities during demolition operations.
Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling
during demolition. When permitted by Owner items may be removed to a suitable, protected
storage location during demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after demolition
operations are complete.
Existing Utilities: Maintain utility services indicated to remain and protect them against damage
during demolition operations.
1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving adjacent occupied or operating facilities unless
authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction; and,
2. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner
and to authorities having jurisdiction.
a. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during
changeover.
Temporary Protection: Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and
covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. Comply
with requirements in Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain;
2. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and
damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain;
3. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building demolition area and to
and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures; and,
4. Protect walls, windows, roofs, and other adjacent exterior construction that are to remain and
that are exposed to building demolition operations.
B.
C.
D.
3.03
A.
B.
3.04
A.
DEMOLITION, GENERAL
General: Demolish as indicated on drawings as specifically identified on construction drawings
existing buildings, structures, and site improvements completely.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct demolition and debris-removal operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied
and used facilities.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used
facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having
jurisdiction; and,
2. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with
governing environmental-protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage
adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding,
and pollution.
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION
Proceed with demolition of structural framing members systematically, from higher to lower
level. Complete building demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing
supporting members on next lower level.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
DEMOLITION
024000 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
B.
C.
Remove debris from elevated portions by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to
grade level in a controlled descent. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by
method suitable to minimize ground impact or dust generation.
Existing Utilities: Demolish existing utilities and below-grade utility structures that are within 10
feet outside of building limits indicated for new construction. Abandon utilities outside this area.
Remove, abandon, or grout fill existing utilities and/or utility structures as identified on the
drawings or as directed by the Owner.
3.05
A.
EXPLOSIVE DEMOLITION
Explosives: Use of explosives for demolition shall not be allowed on this project.
3.06
A.
SITE RESTORATION
Below-Grade Areas: Rough grade below-grade areas ready for further excavation or new
construction.
Below-Grade Areas: Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from building
demolition operations with satisfactory soil materials according to backfill requirements in
Section 310000, Earthwork.
Site Grading: Uniformly rough grade area of demolished construction to a smooth surface, free
from irregular surface changes. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and
new grades.
B.
C.
3.07
A.
B.
C.
3.08
A.
REPAIRS
General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by building demolition
operations.
Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new
materials.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construction in a
manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
GENERAL
1. The Contractor shall remove from the site all debris, rubbish and other materials resulting
from demolition and shall safely and legally dispose of all these items in accordance with
applicable Federal, State and regulatory authority having jurisdiction codes and regulations.
All recycling must be done in accordance with all currently applicable State waste flow
regulations, and regulatory authority having jurisdiction requirements. Burning of any
demolished materials on-site shall not be permitted. Any recycling of demolition debris shall
be approved by the Owner.
B.
SUBMITTALS
1. Written permission shall be obtained from the property Owner on whose property the
demolition material is to be disposed. Copies of the agreements shall be furnished to the
Owner prior to removing any materials from the demolition site; and,
2. Hazardous Materials: The Contractor shall provide manifests or disposal tickets for each
truck that exits and enters the site with demolition and construction material to the Owner’s
engineer and the Owner. These manifests shall indicate the following:
a. Date and time of departure from the demolition site;
b. Type of material carted off-site or type of material brought on-site;
c. Amount of material brought on-site;
d. Amount of material (in tons);
e. Truck ID number;
Palmer Engineering
DEMOLITION
Project No. 11043.04
024000 - 5
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
3.09
A.
Final destination of the excess material;
Date and time of entry to the demolition material;
Date and time of entry to the demolition site;
Amount of material; and,
Source of material brought on-site.
CLEANING
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before building demolition
operations began.
END OF SECTION 024000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
DEMOLITION
024000 - 6
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
SECTION 029000 – EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
B.
INTENT
The main concern associated with erosion on a construction site is the movement of sediment off site
and its impact on water quality. It is the Owner’s intent that the Contractor install and maintain
sufficient erosion control practices to retain sediment within the boundaries of the site in addition to
complying with regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, including Kentucky Division of Water, and
local erosion and sedimentation control laws and ordinances. All erosion and sediment control
methods and devices used shall conform to the latest requirements imposed by federal, state and local
authorities. The Contractor shall be responsible for repair of any damage caused and shall be
financially responsible for any penalties imposed.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to review the erosion and sediment control drawings that
have been included in the site construction drawings, prepared by the Engineer, prior to
implementation. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with the Kentucky Division of Water and submitting the
KPDES Notice of Intent for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity. The
Contractor shall be responsible for conducting erosion and sediment control inspections in
accordance with the Kentucky Division of Water requirements.
1.02
A.
SUMMARY
Work under this section shall include but not be limited to, installation and maintenance of both
temporary and permanent soil erosion control measures, slope protection and stabilization measures,
protection of all surface water and property both on and off site. This work shall include all labor,
materials, and equipment necessary to meet all applicable requirements and as specified in the
contract documents.
1.03
A.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
All applicable standards and requirements of all regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, including
Kentucky Division of Water.
1.04
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be implemented in accordance with the
requirements and procedures outlined in this specification, contract drawings and documents, state
standards or guidelines for soil erosion and sediment control, and all regulatory authorities having
jurisdiction. Where conflicts between requirements exist, the more restrictive rules shall govern.
The Contractor shall provide all temporary control measures shown on the drawings, or as directed
by the Owner, Owner's representative, Kentucky Division of Water for the duration of the contract.
Erosion and sediment control drawings are intended to be a guide to address the stages of work
shown. Additional measures not specified on the drawings may be necessary and shall be
implemented to address intermediary stages of work and any conditions that may develop during
construction at no cost to the Owner.
Temporary control provisions shall be coordinated with permanent erosion control features to the
extent practical to assure economical, effective and continuous erosion and sediment control
throughout the construction and post-construction period.
Soil erosion and sediment control measures shall at all times be satisfactory to the Owner's
Representative. Owner’s Representative will inform the Contractor of unsatisfactory construction
procedures and operations if observed. If the unsatisfactory construction procedures and operations
B.
C.
D.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
029000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
E.
F.
1.05
A.
are not responded to and corrected within 48 hours, the Owner's Representative may suspend the
performance of any or all other construction until the unsatisfactory condition has been corrected.
Such suspension shall not be the basis of any claim by the Contractor for additional compensation nor
for an extension of time to complete the work. Any complaints, fines, etc. relating to ineffective
erosion control, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor shall inspect all soil erosion and sediment control measures at least at the beginning
and end of each day to ascertain that all devices are functioning properly during construction.
Maintenance of all soil erosion and sediment control measures on the project site shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor until final stabilization is complete, and until the permanent soil
erosion controls are established and in proper working condition.
The Contractor shall protect adjacent properties and watercourses from soil erosion and sediment
damage throughout construction
SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION
The approved construction sequence, as permitted/approved shall be adhered to during the execution
of work under this section. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed in
accordance with the phasing sequence shown on the contract documents. If the phasing sequence
needs to be altered, a Modification Report shall be filed by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer. The Modification Report form shall be a part of the SWPPP.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
MATERIALS
Contractor shall provide all materials necessary to perform the work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall prepare, comply with and implement the SWPPP.
The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and obtain the KPDES General Stormwater Permit.
The Contractor shall review the soil erosion and sediment control drawings as they apply to current
site conditions. Any deviation from the drawings must be submitted for approval to the site engineer
in writing at least 72 hours prior to commencing that work.
Notify authority having jurisdiction, in writing at least seven (7) days prior to initial land disturbance.
All perimeter soil sediment and erosion control devices shall be in place prior to any land disturbing
activity, in their proper sequence, and maintained until permanent protection is established.
The limit of the area of any earthwork operations in progress shall be commensurate with the
Contractor's capability and progress in keeping the finished grading, mulching, seeding and other
such permanent control measures current and in accordance with the accepted schedule for
construction phasing. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic, as determined
by the Owner's Representative, temporary erosion control measures shall be provided immediately by
the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.
Temporary erosion control measures shall be used to correct conditions which develop during
construction that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features, or that are temporarily
needed to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices, but are not associated
with permanent control features on the project.
The Contractor shall incorporate all permanent erosion control features (stabilization) into the project
at the earliest practical time to minimize the need for temporary controls.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
029000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
March 6, 2015
Richmond, Kentucky
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
A temporary construction entrance pad shall be installed and maintained at any point where
construction vehicles enter a public right-or-way, street or parking area. The pad shall be used to
eliminate mud from the construction area onto public right-of-way. The pad shall be constructed as
shown on the drawings. Any mud or debris tracked on streets shall be cleaned up immediately.
Any disturbed or stockpiled areas that will be left exposed more than 14 days shall immediately
receive temporary or permanent seeding. Mulch/straw shall be used if the season prevents the
establishment of a temporary cover. Disturbed areas shall be limed and fertilized prior to temporary
seeding.
Permanent vegetation shall be established as specified on all exposed areas within 14 after final
grading. Mulch as necessary for seed protection and establishment. Lime and fertilize seedbed prior
to permanent seeding.
Slopes shall be permanently seeded and mulched as the excavation or fill proceeds to the extent
possible. Slopes that erode easily shall be temporarily seeded and mulched. Any slopes steeper than
3:1 or as indicated on drawings shall be protected with stabilization fabric per specifications.
All storm drainage outlets must be stabilized, as specified, before the discharge points become
operational. Equip all inlets with inlet protection immediately upon construction.
Discharge from de-watering operations for the excavated areas shall not be directed to surface waters
without first properly removing the suspended sediment through filtration and/or settlement. The
Contractor shall obtain any required permits associated with dewatering activities.
The quantity of silt fence to be installed will be affected by the actual conditions that occur during the
construction of the project. Silt fence shall be installed at locations shown on the drawings and any
additional locations necessary for proper sediment control. The Contractor shall maintain the silt
fence until the project is stabilized and shall remove and dispose of the silt fence and silt
accumulations when 1/3 the height of the fence is reached.
Soil erosion and sediment control shall include but not be limited to the approved measures. The
Contractor shall be responsible for providing all additional measures that may be necessary to
accomplish the intent of the drawings.
Comply with all other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 029000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
029000 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A.
1.3
A.
1.4
Extent of each type of masonry work is indicated on drawings and schedule.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Field Constructed Mock-Ups: Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall
representative of completed masonry work required for project with respect to qualities of
appearance, materials and construction. Locate mock-ups on site in locations indicated or, if not
indicated, as directed by Architect. Retain mock-ups during construction as standard for judging
completed masonry work. For the following types of masonry, build mock-ups which are
approximately 6' long by 4' high by full thickness including back-up wythes, if any. When
directed by architect after completion of the project, demolish mock-ups and remove from site.
The mock-up may be a part of the work if acceptable.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each type of masonry unit, accessory, and
other manufactured product, including certifications that each type complies with specified
requirements.
B.
Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, samples of each exposed masonry unit and colored
masonry mortar, if any. Include in each set of samples the full range of exposed colors and
textures to be expected in completed work.
1.
C.
For initial selection of exposed masonry units and colored masonry mortar, if any, submit
samples showing full range of colors and textures available.
For verification purposes submit the following:
1.
Facing brick samples for each type of exposed brick required. Include in each set the full
range of exposed color and texture to be expected in the completed work.
2.
Colored masonry mortar samples for each color required showing the full range of color
which can be expected in the finished work. Label samples to indicate type and amount of
colorant used.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -1
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.5
JOB CONDITIONS
A.
Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place.
B.
Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns.
C.
Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or
painted. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of
walls from rain- splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and
over wall surface.
D.
Cold Weather Protection:
E.
F.
1.
Do not lay masonry units which are wet or frozen.
2.
Remove any ice or snow formed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top
surface is dry to the touch.
3.
Remove all masonry determined to be damaged by freezing conditions.
For clay masonry units with initial rates of absorption (suction) which require them to be wetted
before laying, comply with the following requirements.
1.
For units with surface temperatures above 32°F (0°C), wet with water heated to above 70°F
(21°C).
2.
For units with surface temperatures below 32°F (0°C), wet with water heated to above
130°F (54°C).
Perform the following construction procedures while masonry work is progressing. Temperature
ranges indicated below apply to air temperatures existing at time of installation except for grout.
For grout, temperature ranges apply to anticipated minimum night temperatures. In heating
mortar and grout materials, maintain mixing temperature selected within 10°F (6°C).
1.
2.
40°F (4°C) to 32°F (0°C):
a.
Mortar: Heat mixing water to produce mortar temperature between 40oF (4°C) and
120°F (49°C).
b.
Grout: Follow normal masonry procedures.
32°F (0°C) to 25°F (-4°C):
a.
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40°F
(4°C) and 120°F (49°C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing.
b.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 90°F (32°C) to produce in- place grout temperature
of 70°F (21°C) at end of work day.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -2
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
3.
4.
G.
25°F (-4°C) to 20°F (-7°C):
a.
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40°F
(4°C) and 120°F (49°C); maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing.
b.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 90°F (32°C) to produce in-place grout temperature
of 70°F (21°C) at end of work day.
c.
Heat both sides of walls under construction using salamanders or other heat sources.
d.
Use windbreaks or enclosures when wind is excess of 15 mph.
20°F (-7°C) and below:
a.
Mortar: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40°F
(4°C) and 120°F (49°C).
b.
Grout: Heat grout materials to 90°F (32°C) to produce in-place grout temperature
of 70°F (21°C) at end of work day.
c.
Masonry Units: Heat masonry units so that they are above 20°F (- 7°C) at time of
laying.
d.
Provide enclosure and auxiliary heat to maintain an air temperature of at lease 40°F
(4°C) for 24 hours after laying units.
e.
Do not heat water for mortar and grout to above 160°F (71°C).
Protect completed masonry and masonry not being worked on in the following manner.
Temperature ranges indicated apply to mean daily air temperatures except for grouted masonry.
For grouted masonry temperature ranges apply to anticipated minimum night temperatures.
1.
40°F (4°C) to 32°F (0°C):
a.
2.
32°F (0°C) to 20°F (-7°C):
a.
3.
Protect masonry from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with
weather-resistive membrane.
Completely cover masonry with weather-resistive insulating blankets or similar
protection for at least 24 hours, 48 hours for grouted masonry.
20°F (-7°C) and below:
a.
UNIT MASONRY
Except as otherwise indicated, maintain masonry temperature above 32°F (0°C) for
24 hours using enclosures and supplementary heat, electric heating blankets, infrared
lamps or other methods proven to be satisfactory. For grouted masonry maintain
heated enclosure to 40°F (4°C) for 48 hours.
042000 -3
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL
A.
Manufacturer: Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer, of uniform texture and color for
each kind required, for each continuous area and visually related areas.
B.
Masonry Unit Characteristics: Provide units complying with standards referenced and
requirements indicated.
2.2
BRICK
A.
Size: Unless otherwise indicated, provide bricks manufactured to the following actual
dimensions:
1.
Modular: 2-1/4" x 3-5/8" x 7-5/8"
a.
Provide special molded shapes where indicated and for application requiring brick
of form, size and finish on exposed surfaces which cannot be produced from
standard brick sizes by sawing.
B.
For sills, caps and similar applications resulting in exposure of brick surfaces which otherwise
would be concealed from view, provide uncored or unfrogged units with all exposed surfaces
finished.
C.
Note: Below text is for clay brick only; any concrete brick needs to reference ASTM C 55
1.
Facing Brick (FcgBrk): ASTM C 216, and as follows.
2.
Grade SW
3.
Type FBX.
4.
Application: Use where brick is exposed, unless otherwise indicated.
5.
Texture and Color: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following
products or comparable products by one of the following alternate Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
D.
Field Brick: Sioux City Brick: Cinnamon Ironspot Velour
1.
Red Color Group
Accent Brick: Cherokee Brick and Tile: Velour Dove Gray
1.
Gray Color Group
Alternate Manufacturers.
1.
Hanson, Heidelberg Cement Group
2.
Triangle Brick
3.
Acme Brick
Building Brick (BldBrk): ASTM C 62 and as follows:
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -4
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.3
6.
Grade SW
7.
Grade MW except Grade SW where indicated by ASTM 62 grade requirements for
applicable weathering index and exposure.
8.
Application: Use where brick is indicated for concealed locations.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)
A.
Block shall be 2-core type with a minimum face thickness of 1-1/4” for load bearing block size
7-5/8” high x 15-5/8” long x width called for on Drawings. Lightweight aggregate shall be
Livelite, Gravelite, Pumice, Witelite, Solite, Superock, Shalite, Waylite, or approved equal. All
blocks shall be load bearing type with a compressive strength of not less than 2000 lbs. per square
inch net area at 28 days. Include all specials such as half blocks, corner block for all external
corners, lintel and beams blocks, soaps, and other shapes as required.
B.
Hollow Load Bearing (HL) CMU: ASTM C 90-00 typical unless indicated otherwise.
C.
Solid Loadbearing CMU: ASTM C 145, where shown as "Solid CMU".
D.
Weight Classification:
Medium weight units unless otherwise indicated. (125 lbs. per cu. ft. or more, oven dry
weight of concrete).
E.
Cure units at a minimum temperature of 350oF (176oC), and a minimum pressure of 125 psi.
1.
F.
Cure units in a moisture-controlled atmosphere or in an autoclave at normal pressure and
temperature to comply with ASTM C 90.
1.
2.2
Limit moisture absorption of 25% of saturation during delivery and until time of
installation.
Limit moisture absorption during delivery and until time of installation to the maximum
percentage specified for the average annual relative humidity as reported by the U.S.
Weather Bureau Station nearest the project site.
MORTAR AND CONCRETE FILL (GROUT) MATERIALS
A.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold weather
construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce required mortar color.
B.
Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91
1.
For colored pigmented mortars use premixed colored masonry cements of formulation
required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's
standard formulations.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.
For colored aggregate mortars are indicated use masonry cement of natural color or white
as required to produce mortar color indicated.
C.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S
D.
Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than 1/4" use aggregate graded with
100% passing the No. 16 sieve.
1.
White Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone.
2.
Colored Mortar Aggregates: Ground marble, granite or other sound stone, as required to
match Architect's sample.
E.
Aggregate for Concrete Fill (Grout): Pea Gravel or 3/8" crushed limestone.
F.
Colored Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded
for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with record of satisfactory performance in masonry
mortars.
G.
Water: Clean and potable.
2.3
MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A.
Horizontal Joint Reinforcing and Ties for Masonry:
1.
Provide welded wire units prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10', with
matching corner ("L") and intersecting ("t") units. Fabricate from cold-drawn steel wire
complying with ASTM A 82, with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods,
into units with widths of approximately 2" less than nominal width of walls and partitions
as required to position side rods for full embedment in mortar with mortar coverage of not
less than 5/8" on joint faces exposed to exterior and not less than 1/2" elsewhere. Provide
the following type of joint reinforcing unless otherwise indicated.
a.
Truss type with diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c.
b.
Ladder type with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c.
1.
2.
Number of Side Rods: Single pair for single wythe masonry and as indicated
for multi-wythe masonry, or if not otherwise indicated, one side rod for each
brick wythe and one side rod for each face shell of each concrete masonry
wythe.
For multi-wythe walls where indicated provide tab type consisting of single pair of side
rods and rectangular box-type cross ties spaced not more than 16” o.c. Space side rods for
embedment within each face shell of back-up wythe and extend ties to within 1” of exterior
face of facing wythe.
a.
UNIT MASONRY
Provide units with adjustable 2-piece rectangular ties where horizontal joints of
facing wythe do not align with those of back-up wythe.
042000 -6
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
3.
Wire sizes: Fabricate with 9-gage side and cross rods, unless otherwise indicated.
4.
Wire Finish: Provide manufacturer's Standard mill galvanized finish except as otherwise
indicated.
a.
5.
For exterior walls hot-dip galvanize joint reinforcing after fabricating to comply
with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating (1.5 oz. per sq. ft.)
Individual Wire Ties for Masonry:
a.
Fabricate from 3/16" cold-drawn steel wire, ASTM A 82, unless otherwise indicated,
of the length required for proper embedment in wythes of masonry.
b.
For use with hollow masonry units laid cells vertical, provide rectangular shaped
ties.
c.
For use with solid masonry units, provide ties with ends bent to 90o angles to form
hooks not less than 2" long.
1.
Where spacing and back-up joints do not align, provide either offset or
adjustable 2-piece ties.
6.
For exterior walls, fabricate from steel wire with 1.5 oz. hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A
153 Class B-2, or fabricate from steel wire with not less than 7-mil copper coating, ASTM
B 227, Grade 30 HS.
7.
Anchors and Ties: Provide straps, bars, bolts and rods fabricated from not less than 16 ga.
sheet metal of 3/8" diameter rod stock, unless otherwise indicated.
8.
Flexible anchors: Where masonry is indicated to be anchored to structural framework with
flexible anchors provide 2-piece anchors which will permit horizontal and vertical
movement of masonry but will provide lateral restraint.
9.
For devices which extend into exterior wythe, fabricate from steel with hot-dip galvanized
coating, ASTM A 153, Class B-2.
10.
Flashings for Masonry:
a.
Provide concealed flashings, shown to be built into masonry.
b.
Provide concealed flashings as follows unless otherwise indicated on drawings:
Rubberized Asphalt: Consult with various manufacturers for proper ASTM
numbers.
Virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers formed into
uniform flexible sheets not less than 40-mils thick and black in color, unless
otherwise indicated.
B.
Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories:
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -7
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel, ASTM A 615, Grade 60 for bars No. 3 to No. 18.
2.
Non-Metallic Expansion Joint Strips: Provide premolded, compressible, elastic fillers of
foam rubber, neoprene, or extruded plastic.
3.
Bond Breaker Strips: 15-lb. asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, or 15-lb,
coat-tar roofing felt complying with ASTM D 227.
4.
Premolded Control Joint Strips: Solid rubber strips with a Shore A durometer hardness of
60 to 80, designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral stability in masonry wall,
size and configuration as indicated.
5.
Weep Vents: One piece, T shaped units made from flexible PVC designed to fit into head
joints consisting of a louvered vertical leg, flexible wings to seal against ends of masonry
units, and a top flap to keep mortar out of the head joint; In color selected by Architect.
6.
Plastic Weepholes: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 1/4" round x 4" long medium
density polyethylene plastic tubes with attached cotton wicks to form weepholes.
7.
Insulation:
a.
8.
2.4
Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Rigid, closed-cell, extruded polystyrene
insulation board with integral high-density skin; complying with FS Hh-I-524, Type
IV, min 20 psi compressive strength; k-value of 0.20 at 75°F mean temperature; 0.3
max. water absorption; 1.1 per inch max. water vapor transmission; manufacturer's
standard lengths and widths. All joints, vertical and horizontal, shall be taped with
manufacturer’s standard tape.
Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene,
urethane, or pvc.
MORTAR AND CONCRETE FILL (GROUT) MIXES
A.
Do not lower the freezing point of mortar or grout by use of admixtures or anti-freeze agents.
1.
B.
C.
Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
Mortar for Unit Masonry: comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specifications, for types of
mortar required, unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement-lime.
2.
Use Type S mortar for loadbearing, reinforced masonry walls, all CMU and where
indicated.
3.
Use Type N mortar for clay brick walls only, unless otherwise noted.
Colored Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce
color required. Do not exceed pigment-to-cement ratio of 1-to-10, by weight.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -8
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
D.
Colored Aggregate Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by use of colored aggregates in
combination with selected cementitious materials.
1.
E.
Mix to match Architects' sample.
Concrete Fill (Grout) for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 for concrete (grout) for use
in construction of reinforced an non-reinforced unit masonry with the following exceptions. No
job site mixing will be allowed. No air-entraining admixture will be allowed. Provide a grout
with a consistency at time of placement which will completely fill all spaces to receive grout.
Grout shall have the following properties:
1.
Minimum 28 day compressive strength = 2,500 psi.
2.
Slump: 8” for low absorption units and 10” for high absorption units.
3.
Maximum size of large aggregate shall not exceed 3/8” diameter.
4.
Concrete fill (grout) should be batched, mixed and delivered in accordance with ASTM C
94.
F.
Sampling and testing of concrete fill (grout) should be per ASTM C 1019.
G.
Make a set test specimen at the rate of 1 per each 20 cubic yards of grout or fraction thereof, being
placed each day.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Thickness: Build masonry construction to full thickness shown, except, build single-wythe walls
(if any) to the actual thickness of masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or
specified.
B.
All masonry coursing and products installed in masonry shall be sized and compatible with full
masonry coursing.
C.
Build chases and recessed as shown and as required for the work of other trades. Provide not less
than 8" of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases
and recesses.
D.
Cut masonry units with motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped
edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full
units without cutting wherever possible. Use dry cutting saws to cut concrete masonry units.
E.
Wet clay brick which have ASTM C 67 initial rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 grams
per 30 square inches per minute. Use wetting methods which ensure that units are nearly saturated
but surface dry when laid.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -9
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
F.
Do not wet concrete masonry units.
G.
Keep stockpiled materials covered.
H.
Testing Agency or Designated Inspector shall monitor the sand measurements and batching
periodically throughout the day for the duration of the masonry work.
I.
Pattern Bond: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern shown, or if not shown, lay in running
vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. Lay concealed
masonry with all units in a wythe bonded by lapping not less than 2". Bond and interlock each
course of each wythe at corners, unless otherwise shown.
1.
Match coursing, bonding, color and texture of new masonry work with existing work,
where directed.
J.
Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths
and to properly locate openings, movements-type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of
less-than-half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations.
K.
Lay-up walls plumb and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work.
L.
Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack and back 1/2-masonry unit length in each course; do not
tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and
remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
M.
Built-In Work: As the work progresses, build-in items specified under this and other sections of
these specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
3.2
1.
Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar.
2.
Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of
metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
3.
Fill CMU cores with grout 3 courses (24") under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts and
similar conditions unless otherwise indicated.
MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING:
A.
Lay Brick and solid concrete masonry units with completely filled bed, head and collar joints;
butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints.
B.
Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face
shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses
of piers, columns and pilasters and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be
filled with concrete or grout. For starting courses on footings where cells are not grouted, spread
out full mortar bed including areas under cell.
C.
Joints: Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond
alignment. If not otherwise indicated, lay walls with 3/8" joints. Cut joints flush for masonry
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -10
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
walls which are to be concealed or to covered by other materials. Tool exposed joints slightly
concave using a joiner larger than joint thickness. Rake out mortar in preparation for application
of caulking or sealants where shown.
D.
Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound
corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required
remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar.
E.
Collar Joints: Fill joints between wythes solidly with mortar. Fill collar joints after each course
is laid.
3.3
CAVITY WALLS:
A.
Keep cavity clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike joints
facing cavity, flush.
B.
Tie exterior wythe to back-up with individual metal ties spaced not more than 16" o.c. each way.
Stagger in alternate courses.
C.
Provide weep holes in exterior wythe of cavity, composite and veneer walls located immediately
above ledges and flashing, spaced 2'-0" o.c. unless otherwise indicated.
3.4
STRUCTURAL BONDING OF MULTI-WYTHE MASONRY
A.
Use individual metal ties embedded in horizontal joints to bond wythes together. Provide ties as
shown, but not less than one metal ties for 4 s.f. of wall area spaced not to exceed 24" o.c.
horizontally and vertically. Stagger ties in alternate courses. Provide additional ties with 1'-0" of
all openings. At intersecting and abutting walls, provide ties at not more than 24" o.c. vertically.
B.
Use continuous horizontal joint reinforcing embedded in horizontal joints for bond tie between
wythes. Install at not more than 16" o.c. vertically as specified. Provide continuity at corners and
intersections using prefabricated "L" and "T" units.
3.5
HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING
A.
Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing as shown and specified. Fully embed longitudal
side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls
and 1/2" at other locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6". Do not bridge control and
expansion joints with reinforcing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide continuity at corners and
wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend units as directed
by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other
special conditions.
B.
Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows were indicated:
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -11
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
C.
3.6
1.
For multi-wythe walls (solid or cavity) where continuous horizontal reinforcing acts as
structural bond or tie between wythes, space reinforcing as required by code but not less
than 16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
For single wythe walls, space reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
3.
For parapets, space reinforcing at 8" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated.
Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing placed in
two horizontal joints approximately 8" apart both immediately above lintels and below sills.
Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control joints
where provided.
ANCHORING MASONRY WORK
A.
Provide anchoring devices of the type indicated. If not indicated, provide standard type for facing
and back-up involved.
B.
Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply
with the following:
C.
3.7
1.
Provide an open space not less than 1" in width between masonry and structural member,
unless otherwise shown. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials.
2.
Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and
attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie sections, unless otherwise indicated.
3.
Space anchors as shown, but not more than 24" o.c. vertically and 36" o.c. horizontally.
Anchor single wythe masonry veneer to backing with metal ties as follows:
1.
Anchor veneer to structural members with metal anchors embedded in masonry joints and
attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie section, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Space veneer anchors as shown, or if not shown, space not more than 16" o.c. vertically
and 16" o.c. horizontally. Provide additional anchors within 1'-0" of opening and space
not more than 3'-0" around perimeter.
CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A.
Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry where shown. Build-in related
masonry accessory items as the masonry work progresses.
B.
See Division 7 sections for "Joint Sealers".
C.
Build flanges of metal expansions strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4" in direction of water
flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -12
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
D.
3.8
Build-in flanges of factory fabricated expansion joints units, specified in a Division 7 section
"Joint Sealers". Joint width for sealants: 3/8" unless otherwise indicated.
FLASHING OF MASONRY WORK
A.
B.
3.9
Provide concealed flashings in masonry work at or above, all shelf angles, lintels, ledges and
other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall so as to divert such water to the
exterior. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections which could puncture
flashing. Place through-wall flashing on bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations
in flashing with mastic before covering with mortar.
1.
Extend flashings the full length of lintels and shelf angles and minimum of 4" into masonry
each end. Extend flashing from a line 1/2" of the interior face of the wall in exposed work.
Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring, carry flashing completely
through the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2". At heads and sills turn up ends not
less than 2" to form a pan.
2.
Provide weepholes in the head joints of the same course of masonry bedded in the flashing.
3.
Interlock end joints of deformed metal flashings by overlapping deformations not less than
1-1/2" and seal lap with elastic sealant.
4.
Install flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related work where shown to be built into masonry
work.
REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING
A.
Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise
damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match
adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B.
Point: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely
fill with mortar. Point up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat,
uniform appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking of sealant compound.
C.
Clean exposed brick masonry surfaces by the bucket and brush hand cleaning method or by high
pressure water method. Comply with requirements of BIA Technical Notes #20 "Cleaning Brick
Masonry".
1.
D.
Use commercial cleaning agents in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Clean exposed CMU masonry by dry brushing at the end of each days' work and after final
pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. Comply with recommendations in NCMA TEK
Bulletin #28.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -13
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
3.10
VERTICAL CELL REINFORCEMENT
A.
Provide vertical wall reinforcing as shown and specified.
B.
Fully embed reinforcement in concrete fill (grout). Provide all required metal accessories to
insure accurate alignment of reinforcement during grout filling operation.
C.
Place grout in cells by either the low-lift or high-lift grouting techniques in accordance to NCMATEK Bulletin #23A "Grouting for Concrete Masonry Walls".
END OF SECTION
UNIT MASONRY
042000 -14
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 044300 - STONE MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes the following applications of stone masonry:
1.
2.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
1.3
Anchored to unit masonry backup.
Anchored to concrete backup.
Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for cavity-wall insulation, concealed flashing
horizontal joint reinforcement and veneer anchors.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.
For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include test data indicating compliance
with physical properties required by referenced ASTM standards.
B.
Samples for Initial Selection: Stone, colored mortar, and other items involving color selection.
C.
Samples for Verification:
1.
2.
D.
For each stone type indicated. Include at least four samples in each set for each type of
stone, exhibiting extremes of the full range of color and other visual characteristics
expected in completed Work. Samples will establish the standard by which stone
provided will be judged.
For each color of mortar required. Label Samples to indicate types and amounts of
pigments used.
List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with
manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, sources of supply, and other information as
required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and source of
aggregates.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
E.
1.4
Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockups
constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations
are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs experienced stonemasons and stone
fitters.
B.
Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone, regardless of finish, from one
quarry, whether specified in this Section or in another Section of the Specifications, with
resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
C.
Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality,
including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious
component and from single source or producer for each aggregate.
D.
Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for
materials and execution.
1.
Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.
Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of stone; relationship of mortar
and sealant colors to stone colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of
workmanship.
a.
b.
4.
E.
Include stone coping at top of mockup.
Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches long in mockup.
Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch length in corner of mockup
approximately 16 inches down from top of mockup, with a 12-inch length of
flashing left exposed to view (omit stone masonry above half of flashing).
Include wood studs, sheathing, veneer anchors, flashing, and weep holes in
exterior masonry-veneer wall mockup.
Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities Architect
specifically approves in writing.
Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such
deviations in writing.
Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not
use cementitious materials that have become damp.
B.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
C.
Deliver pre-blended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and
emptying into dispensing silo. Store pre-blended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on
elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with
weatherproof cover.
D.
Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt
and oil.
1.6
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Protection of Stone Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills
with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone masonry
when construction is not in progress.
1.
B.
Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the face
of stone masonry.
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on
the ground and over the wall surface.
Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and
integral finishes, from mortar droppings.
Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at end of each day to prevent rain from
splashing mortar and dirt on completed stone masonry.
Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace stone masonry damaged by
frost or freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
1.
D.
Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place.
Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after
completing cleaning.
Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement,
veneer anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone masonry.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
STONE
A.
2.2
Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of varieties and
from sources complying with Division 04 Section "Exterior Stone Cladding."
LIMESTONE
A.
Limestone: Comply with ASTM C 568.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
2.
Products: Indiana oolitic limestone quarried in Lawrence, Monroe, or Owen Counties,
Indiana.
Classification: II Medium-Density.
Description: Shell limestone.
3.
4.
B.
Indiana Oolitic Limestone Grade and Color: Natural Standard Buff, according to grade and
color classification established by ILI.
C.
Match Architect's samples for color, finish, and other stone characteristics relating to aesthetic
effects.
2.3
MORTAR MATERIALS
A.
Comply with Division 4 – Unit Masonry
B.
Water: Potable.
2.4
VENEER ANCHORS
A.
Materials:
1.
Hot-Dip Galvanized-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2.
B.
Size: Sufficient to extend at least halfway, but not less than 1-1/2 inches, through stone
masonry and with at least 5/8-inch cover on outside face.
C.
Wire Veneer Anchors:
galvanized-steel wire.
STONE MASONRY
Wire ties formed from W1.7 or 0.148-inch- diameter, hot-dip
044300 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
2.
3.
D.
Ties are bent in the form of loops with legs not less than 15 inches in length and with last
2 inches bent at 90 degrees.
Ties are bent in the form of rectangular loops with ends bent downward for inserting into
eyes projecting from masonry joint reinforcement specified in Division 04 Section "Unit
Masonry."
Ties are bent in the form of triangular loops designed to be attached to masonry joint
reinforcement specified in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" with vertical wires
passing through ties and through eyes projecting from masonry joint reinforcement.
Adjustable, Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie section and a metal
anchor section that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces
perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as
follows:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.5
Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; D/A 213.
Heckmann Building Products Inc.; 315-D with 316.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; DW-10.
Wire-Bond; 1004, Type III.
Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf load in both
tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch.
Anchor Section: Rib-stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, 2-3/4
inches wide by 3 inches high; with projecting tabs having slotted holes for inserting
vertical legs of wire tie specially formed to fit veneer anchor section.
Anchor Section: Sheet metal plate, 1-1/4 inches wide by 9 inches long, with screw holes
top and bottom and with raised rib-stiffened strap, 5/8 inch wide by 5-1/2 inches long,
stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for inserting wire tie.
Anchor Section: Gasketed sheet metal plate, 1-1/4 inches wide by 6 inches long, with
screw holes top and bottom; top and bottom ends bent to form pronged legs of length to
match thickness of insulation or sheathing; and raised rib-stiffened strap, 5/8 inch wide
by 6 inches long, stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for
inserting wire tie. Provide anchor manufacturer's standard, self-adhering, modified
bituminous gaskets manufactured to fit behind anchor plate and extend beyond pronged
legs.
Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.067-inch- thick,
steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication.
Wire Ties: Triangular-, rectangular-, or T-shaped wire ties fabricated from 0.25-inchdiameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire.
STONE TRIM ANCHORS
A.
Stone Trim Anchors: Units fabricated with tabs or dowels designed to engage kerfs or holes in
stone trim units and holes for fasteners or postinstalled anchor bolts for fastening to substrates
or framing as indicated.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
a.
b.
c.
Halfen Anchoring Systems; Meadow Burke.
Heckmann Building Products Inc.
Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.
B.
Materials: Fabricate anchors from stainless steel, ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304. Fabricate
dowels from stainless steel, ASTM A 276, Type 304.
C.
Fasteners for Stone Trim Anchors: Annealed stainless-steel bolts, nuts, and washers;
ASTM F 593 for bolts and ASTM F 594 for nuts, Alloy Group 1.
D.
Postinstalled Anchor Bolts for Fastening Stone Trim Anchors: Chemical anchors or torquecontrolled expansion anchors made from stainless-steel components complying with
ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 for bolts and nuts; ASTM A 666 or
ASTM A 276, Type 304 or 316, for anchors.
2.6
EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
A.
Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where
indicated, complying with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Division 07 Section
"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick.
Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12
feet. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing.
Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from stainless steel, with
ribs at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond.
a.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1)
2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Cheney Flashing Company; Cheney Flashing (Dovetail).
Keystone Flashing Company, Inc.; Keystone 3-Way Interlocking Thruwall
Flashing.
Fabricate through-wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated
to receive counterflashing.
Fabricate through-wall flashing with drip edge unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by
extending flashing 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and
hemmed.
Fabricate through-wall flashing with sealant stop unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate
by bending metal back on itself 3/4 inch at exterior face of wall and down into joint 3/8
inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod.
Fabricate metal drip edges and sealant stops for ribbed metal flashing from plain metal
flashing of same metal as ribbed flashing and extending at least 3 inches into wall with
hemmed inner edge to receive ribbed flashing and form a hooked seam. Form hem on
upper surface of metal so that completed seam will shed water.
Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and
1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed.
Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches
into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 6
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
10.
B.
2.7
itself for 3/4 inch and down into joint 3/8 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer
rod.
Metal Expansion-Joint Strips: Fabricate from stainless steel to shapes indicated.
Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flexible Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard
products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to
each other and to substrates.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A.
Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene
urethane or PVC.
B.
Cementitious Dampproofing: Cementitious formulations that are recommended by ILI and that
are nonstaining to stone, compatible with joint sealants, and noncorrosive to veneer anchors and
attachments.
C.
Weep Hole/Vent Products: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated:
1.
D.
Wicking Material: Absorbent rope, made from cotton, 1/4 to 3/8 inch in diameter, in
length required to produce 2-inch exposure on exterior and 18 inches in cavity behind
stone masonry. Use only for weep holes.
Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not
degrade within the wall cavity.
1.
Provide one of the following configurations:
a.
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.8
Strips, full-depth of cavity and 10 inches wide, with dovetail shaped notches 7
inches deep that prevent mesh from being clogged with mortar droppings.
Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Break.
CavClear/Archovations, Inc.; CavClear Masonry Mat.
Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; Polytite MortarStop.
Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net.
MASONRY CLEANERS
A.
Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing
mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry
surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended
use by cleaner manufacturer and stone producer.
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 7
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.9
Diedrich Technologies, Inc.
Dominion Restoration Products.
EaCo Chem, Inc.
Hydrochemical Techniques, Inc.
Prosoco, Inc.
MORTAR MIXES
A.
General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise
indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Do not use calcium chloride.
Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime.
Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to
view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together
before adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp,
unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this
dampened condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until
mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not
retemper or use partially hardened material.
B.
Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix.
Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients
before delivering to Project site.
C.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification.
1.
2.
D.
2.10
Mortar for Setting Stone: Type S.
Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type N.
Latex-Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement,
aggregate, and latex additive to comply with latex-additive manufacturer's written instructions.
FABRICATION
A.
Fabricate stone to comply with sizes, shapes, and tolerances recommended by applicable stone
association or, if none, by stone source, for faces, edges, beds, and backs.
1.
For limestone, comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook."
B.
Select stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details on
Drawings. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face unless otherwise
indicated.
C.
Cut and drill sinkages and holes in stone for anchors and supports.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 8
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
D.
Carefully inspect stone at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with requirements for
appearance, material, and fabrication. Replace defective units before shipment.
1.
Clean sawed backs of stone to remove rust stains and iron particles.
E.
Gage backs of stones for adhered veneer if more than 81 sq. in. in area.
F.
Thickness of Stone: Refer to the Drawings
G.
Shape stone for type of masonry (pattern): As shown on Drawings
H.
Finish exposed faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to
match approved samples and mockups.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Finish: Smooth.
Finish for Sills: Smooth.
Finish for Lintels: Smooth.
Finish for Copings: Smooth.
a.
Finish exposed ends of copings same as front and back faces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone masonry, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
B.
Examine substrate to verify that dovetail slots, inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing,
and other items installed in substrates and required for or extending into stone masonry are
correctly installed.
C.
Examine wall framing, sheathing, and weather-resistant sheathing paper to verify that stud
locations are suitable for spacing of veneer anchors and that installation will result in a
weatherproof covering.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of weather-resistant sheathing paper before beginning
stone installation.
B.
Coat concrete and unit masonry backup with asphalt dampproofing.
C.
Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before
setting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 9
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or
abrasives.
3.3
SETTING OF STONE MASONRY, GENERAL
A.
Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set.
1.
2.
3.
Use power saws to cut stone that is fabricated with saw-cut surfaces. Cut lines straight
and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
Use hammer and chisel to split stone that is fabricated with split surfaces. Make edges
straight and true, matching similar surfaces that were shop or quarry fabricated.
Pitch face at field-split edges as needed to match stones that are not field split.
B.
Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements
relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable
for intended use.
C.
Arrange stones in range ashlar pattern with course heights as indicated, random lengths, and
uniform joint widths, with offset between vertical joints as indicated.
D.
Arrange stones in broken-range ashlar pattern with uniform course heights, random lengths, and
uniform joint widths.
E.
Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended
appearance.
F.
Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. Install supports, fasteners, and
other attachments indicated or necessary to secure stone masonry in place. Set stone accurately
in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and
indicated tolerances.
G.
Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment if any. Lay walls with joints not less than
1/4 inch at narrowest points or more than 3/8 inch at widest points.
H.
Provide sealant joints of widths and at locations indicated.
1.
2.
Keep sealant joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
Sealing joints is specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
I.
Install metal expansion strips in sealant joints at locations indicated. Build flanges of expansion
strips into masonry by embedding in mortar between stone masonry and backup wythe. Lap
each joint 4 inches in direction of water flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with
horizontal expansion joints if any.
J.
Install embedded flashing and weep holes at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to
downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 10
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
K.
Coat limestone with cementitious dampproofing as follows:
1.
2.
3.
L.
At stud-framed walls, extend flashing through stone masonry, up the face of sheathing at
least 12 inches, and behind weather-resistant sheathing paper.
At concrete backing, extend flashing through stone masonry, turned up a minimum of 6
inches, and insert in reglet.
At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing full length of angles but not less than 6 inches
into masonry at each end.
At sills, extend flashing not less than 4 inches at ends.
At ends of head and sill flashing turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams.
Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2
inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric
sealant complying with requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for
application indicated.
Install metal drip edges and sealant stops with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking
hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying with
requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated.
Extend sheet metal flashing 1/2 inch beyond face of masonry at exterior and turn flashing
down to form a drip.
Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible
flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of
metal drip edge.
Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop
flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to
top of metal flashing termination.
Cut flexible flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed.
Stone at Grade: Beds, joints, and back surfaces to at least 12 inches above finish-grade
elevations.
Stone Extending below Grade: Beds, joints, back surfaces, and face surfaces below
grade.
Allow cementitious dampproofing formulations to cure before setting dampproofed
stone. Do not damage or remove dampproofing in the course of handling and setting
stone.
Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate, including at base of
cavity walls, above shelf angles, and at flashing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Use wicking material to form weep holes.
Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing in stone sills. Turn wicking
down at lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible.
Space weep holes 16 inches o.c.
Space weep holes formed from wicking material 16 inches o.c.
Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with outside face of wall after mortar has
set.
Place pea gravel in cavities as soon as practical to a height of not less than 2 inches above
top of flashing, to maintain drainage.
Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for
cavity drainage material in "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 11
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
M.
Install vents in vertical head joints at the top of each continuous cavity at spacing indicated.
Use round plastic tubing to form vents.
1.
3.4
Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install
through-wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A.
Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8
inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control
joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or
more.
B.
Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal
grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or
more.
C.
Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20
feet or 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more.
D.
Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as variation of the average
plane of the face of each stone from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane.
E.
Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated.
F.
Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for
thickness of stone.
3.5
INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED STONE MASONRY
A.
Anchor stone masonry to concrete with corrugated-metal veneer anchors unless otherwise
indicated. Secure anchors by inserting dovetailed ends into dovetail slots in concrete.
B.
Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with individual wire veneer anchors unless otherwise
indicated. Embed anchors in unit masonry mortar joints or grouted cells for distance at least
one-half of unit masonry thickness.
C.
Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with wire anchors unless otherwise indicated. Connect
anchors to masonry joint reinforcement by inserting pintles into eyes of masonry joint
reinforcement projecting from unit masonry.
D.
Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with wire anchors unless otherwise indicated. Connect
anchors to masonry joint reinforcement with vertical rods inserted through anchors and through
eyes of masonry joint reinforcement projecting from unit masonry.
E.
Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with adjustable, screw-attached veneer anchors unless
otherwise indicated. Fasten anchors to unit masonry with two screws.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 12
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
F.
Anchor stone masonry to stud framing with adjustable, screw-attached veneer anchors unless
otherwise indicated. Fasten anchors through sheathing to framing with two screws.
G.
Anchor stone masonry to stud framing with screw-attached veneer anchors unless otherwise
indicated.
H.
Anchor stone masonry to wood stud framing with corrugated-metal veneer anchors unless
otherwise indicated. Fasten anchors through sheathing to studs with corrosion-resistant roofing
nails.
I.
Anchor stone masonry to wood stud framing with wire anchors unless otherwise indicated.
Fasten anchors through sheathing to wood studs with corrosion-resistant roofing nails.
J.
Anchor stone masonry to metal stud framing with wire anchors unless otherwise indicated. Tie
anchors to studs.
K.
Embed veneer anchors in mortar joints of stone masonry at least halfway, but not less than 1-1/2
inches, through stone masonry and with at least 5/8-inch cover on outside face.
1.
Install continuous wire reinforcement in horizontal joints and attach to seismic veneer
anchors as stone is set.
L.
Space anchors to provide not less than 1 anchor per 2 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional
anchors within 12 inches of openings, sealant joints, and perimeter at intervals not exceeding 12
inches.
M.
Space anchors not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches o.c. horizontally. Install
additional anchors within 12 inches of openings, sealant joints, and perimeter at intervals not
exceeding 12 inches.
N.
Space anchors not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and 32 inches o.c. horizontally, with not
less than 1 anchor per 2.67 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of
openings, sealant joints, and perimeter at intervals not exceeding 12 inches.
O.
Anchor stone trim with stone trim anchors where indicated. Install anchors by fastening to
substrate and inserting tabs and dowels into kerfs and holes in stone units. Provide
compressible filler in ends of dowel holes and bottoms of kerfs to prevent end bearing of dowels
and anchor tabs on stone. Fill remainder of anchor holes and kerfs with mortar.
P.
Set stone in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. Build anchors
into mortar joints as stone is set.
Q.
Fill space between back of stone masonry and weather-resistant sheathing paper with mortar as
stone is set.
R.
Provide 2-inch cavity between stone masonry and backup construction unless otherwise
indicated. Keep cavity free of mortar droppings and debris.
1.
2.
Place mortar spots in cavity at veneer anchors to maintain spacing.
Slope beds toward cavity to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 13
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
3.
S.
3.6
Do not attempt to trowel or remove mortar fins protruding into cavity.
Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 1/2 inch before setting mortar
has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides.
POINTING
A.
Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles.
Where setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing
mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch deep until a uniform depth is formed.
B.
Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch
deep. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying
next layer.
C.
Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the
following joint profile:
1.
3.7
Joint Profile: Smooth.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A.
Remove and replace stone masonry of the following description:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods
and results are approved by Architect.
Defective joints.
Stone masonry not matching approved samples and mockups.
Stone masonry not complying with other requirements indicated.
B.
Replace in a manner that results in stone masonry matching approved samples and mockups,
complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.
C.
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and
smears before tooling joints.
D.
Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes
or chisels.
Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone masonry.
Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering
them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking
tape.
Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 14
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
5.
6.
7.
3.8
Clean stone masonry by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA
Technical Note No. 20 Revised II, using job-mixed detergent solution.
Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
Clean limestone masonry to comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone
Handbook."
EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE
A.
Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use.
B.
Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soilcontaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in greatest dimension.
Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of
masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving."
Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.
Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as
described above, and other waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 044300
STONE MASONRY
044300 - 15
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Related Documents:
1.
Drawings and general provisions of the Subcontract apply to this Section.
2.
Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under
this Section.
B.
Section Includes: Provide metal fabrications, miscellaneous metal, and related accessory items, galvanized and prime
painted, complete, as shown and specified. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1.
Steel railings, guardrails, handrails, brackets, and sockets.
C.
Related Sections:
1.
Division 01 Section "General Requirements."
2.
Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete".
1.2
REFERENCES
A.
General:
1.
The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Where differences exist between
codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply.
2.
Unless otherwise noted, the referenced standard edition is the current one at the time of commencement of the
Work.
3.
Refer to Division 01 Section "General Requirements" for the list of applicable regulatory requirements.
B.
AISC, "Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."
C.
AWS, "Structural Welding Code, D1.1."
D.
SSPC, "Steel Structures Painting Council."
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit under provisions of Divisions 01 Section "General Requirements" and "Special Procedures."
B.
Product Data for each product specified.
C.
Submit calculations for guardrails signed by a Structural Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Kentucky, and shop
drawings of fabricated items for review before fabrication and installation.
1.
Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories.
D.
Submit certification that manufactured products (including bolts, nuts and washers) meet or exceed specified
requirements. Certification numbers must appear on product containers for bolts, nuts and washers and the numbers shall
correspond to the identification numbers on the Manufacturer's Certificate. The Manufacturer's symbol and grade
markings must appear on bolts, nuts and washers.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Structural Performance: Shop-engineer, fabricate, and install guardrails to meet KBC requirements to withstand a live load
of at least [200 lbf (0.89 kN)] applied in any direction to the top of rail.
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-1
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
B.
Structural Performance:
1.
Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within
limits and under conditions indicated:
2.
Handrails and Top Rails of Guards:
a.
Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
b.
Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
c.
Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
3.
Infill of Guards:
a.
Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft. (0.093 sq. m).
b.
Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
C.
Make field measurements as required prior to fabrication and installation.
D.
Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper sequencing and fitting of construction.
E.
Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as
necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordination of installation.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Store steel materials, either plain or fabricated, above ground on platforms, pallets, skids, or other supports. Keep material
free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and protect from corrosion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Steel Sections: ASTM A992, hot-dip galvanized for exterior use.
B.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B, Schedule 40 typical unless otherwise noted. Pipe used for handrails and railings
shall be [hot-dip galvanized after fabrication][powder coated] for exterior use, [1-1/2 inch][32mm] ID, unless otherwise
noted.
C.
Steel Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A500; or hot rolled, ASTM A501; seamless.
D.
Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A653. Provide "Commercial" galvanizing, for exterior use.
E.
Stainless Steel: Steel: ASTM A240 for plate or sheet, A269 for tubing and A312 for pipe.
1.
Exterior Use: Type 316L, 18-8 grade, USS gauge, #4 finish.
F.
Drilled Anchors for Use in Concrete: Use anchors with a current ICC evaluation report appropriate to the application.
G.
Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
H.
Primers: Prime paint for ferrous metal shall be as specified in Division 09 Section "Painting" [Tnemec Series 4] or an
approved equal free of chromate or lead.
I.
Nonshrink Grout: Master Builders "Embeco," Sonneborn "Ferrolith G Redi-Mixed Grout," or equal.
2.2
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A.
Handrail Brackets: Provide Julius Blum & Co. Inc. No. 385, Blumcraft of Pittsburgh, or equal, cast malleable iron wall
bracket.
1.
Provide metal bracket filler (spacer) between base of bracket and stud where bracket is mounted against gypsum
board wall.
2.
Provide [galvanized][powder coated] finish for exterior applications.
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-2
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.3
FABRICATION - GENERAL, ALL FABRICATED ITEMS
A.
Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. Coordinate metalwork with adjoining work for details of attachment
and fit. Be responsible for fabrication detailing and correct fitting of steel members to each other and to their supports.
B.
Use materials of size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of size and thickness to produce strength and durability in the
finished product for the utility intended.
C.
Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline.
D.
Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
E.
Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site and handling through building openings.
F.
Provide components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same
material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.
2.4
FABRICATION ASSEMBLIES
A.
2.5
Rails:
1.
Form rails and posts from steel pipe and shapes as shown on Drawings, with welded jointing. Fabricate right-angle
and 45 degree bends of rail with 3 inches (75 mm) radius to center line of pipe without flattening the rail member
noticeably.
2.
For fittings, elbows, wall brackets, and escutcheons provide machined steel. Provide splice connectors of steel as
shown.
3.
Provide return at free ends of handrails to 1 inch (25 mm) from face of wall. Provide end cap for free ends of tube
handrails and railings. Weld joints, end caps, returns, and transitions. Grind smooth and make flush.
4.
Provide extension for handrails and railings at edges of stairs and ramp to comply with KBC.
5.
Provide mounting brackets and flanges, for secure anchorage of handrails and railings.
6.
Fabricate guardrails to comply with the specified loading requirements.
WELDING
A.
All surfaces shall be clean, free of rust, paint, and foreign matter of any kind. Burned edges to be welded shall be chipped
clean and wire brushed before welding. Clamp members as required, space and alternate welds, as may be necessary to
prevent warping or misalignment.
B.
Weld Metal: Weld metal shall be thoroughly fused with the base metal along surfaces and edges of the union. Penetration
shall be 1/8 inch (4 mm) minimum and shall be into the root of the joint.
C.
Weld Quality: Welds shall present a uniform surface, free of imperfections, without undercutting or overlapping, and free
from excessive oxides, gas pockets, and nonmetallic inclusions. Welds shall be made with the proper number of beads or
passes to secure sound, thoroughly fused joints. Provide backup bars, temporary backup bars, or backup welds for fullpenetration butt welds. Each deposit shall not exceed 1/2 inch (12 mm) of weld for each pass of bead. Preceding layers
shall be cleaned by wire brushing or preening to remove scale and slag before placing new weld material.
D.
Faulty and Defective Welding: Welding showing cracks, slag inclusion, lack of fusion, bad undercut, or other defects
ascertained by visual or other means of inspection, shall be chipped out and properly replaced.
2.6
FINISH
A.
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from ferrous metal prior to galvanizing,
hot-phosphate treatment, powder coating or painting.
1.
[Remove oil, grease, and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1, "Solvent Cleaning. "]
B.
Shop Priming: Shop-paint metal work except members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete, surfaces and
edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces.
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-3
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
2.
C.
Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on primer in accordance with the paint manufacturer's
instructions and [as specified Division 09 Section "Painting"] [at a rate to provide uniform dry-film thickness of
2.0 mils for each coat]. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and
exposed surfaces.
Apply one shop coat to metal items, except apply two coats to surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection.
Change color of the second coat to distinguish it from the first.
Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for exposed exterior items (unless specified to be powder coated) and items to be
embedded in concrete, complying with the following:
1.
For galvanizing iron and steel hardware, ASTM A153.
2.
For galvanizing rolled, pressed, and forged steel shapes, plates, bars, and strips 3mm thick and heavier, ASTM
A123.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Examine the substrate and conditions in which the work is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory substrate and conditions
prior to start of installation.
PREPARATION
A.
Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete
inserts, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchor, which are to be embedded in concrete construction.
Coordinate delivery of such items to project site.
B.
Coordinate metalwork with adjoining work. Do cutting, shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping, etc., required for
metal work and for attachment of adjacent work. Drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch. Shearing and punching
shall leave true lines and surfaces.
C.
Obtain Architect-Engineer's review prior to site cutting or making adjustments to structural members not indicated to be
cut or adjusted.
D.
Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is to be done.
E.
Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment.
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal work to in-place
construction, including threaded fasteners for concrete inserts, through bolts, lag bolts, screws, and other connectors as
required.
1.
Conceal fastenings where practical. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall give ample
strength and stiffness. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water.
B.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of metal work. Set work
accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, plumb, level, true, and free of rack, measured from established lines and
levels. Provide temporary bracing anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete or similar
construction.
1.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left
as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and
touch up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of
welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work.
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-4
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
D.
Corrosion Protection: Protect dissimilar metals from galvanic corrosion by pressure tapes, coating, or isolators as
acceptable to Architect-Engineer.
E.
Grouting: Do grouting of frames, plates, sills, bolts, and similar items with nonshrink grout.
F.
Alignment: Verify alignment of items with adjacent construction. Coordinate related work.
G.
Handrails: Secure steel handrails with bracket. Unless otherwise noted, locate brackets 6 inches (150 mm) from ends of
handrail, 6 feet (1.8 m) on center maximum, and space brackets equidistant at each handrail. Where bracket is fastened to
stud wall, provide steel plate backing securely fastened to studs; toggle bolt secured to gypsum wallboard is not
acceptable.
3.4
CLEAN AND TOUCH-UP
A.
Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and paint exposed areas with same
material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry-film thickness of 2.0 mils.
END OF SECTION 055000
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
055000-5
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
SECTION 310000 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
B.
C.
SUMMARY
Cutting, proofrolling, filling and grading to required lines, dimensions, contours and elevations for
proposed improvements as shown and implied on the drawings and required by these specifications.
Scarifying, compaction, moisture content conditioning and control, and removal of unsuitable
material to ensure proper preparation of areas for the proposed improvements.
Undertake any special construction procedures for the site recommended in the geotechnical report
for preparation of building and pavement areas.
1.02
A.
SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTS
None
1.03
A.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) - latest edition
1. D 422
Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils
2. D 698
Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard
Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft (600 kN-m/m3))
3. D 1557
Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3))
4. D 2216
Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content
of Soil
and Rock by Mass
5. D 2321
Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and
Other
Gravity-Flow Applications
6. D 2922
Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear
Methods
(Shallow Depth)
7. D 3017
Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear
Methods (Shallow Depth)
8. D 4318
Standard Test Methods for Plastic Limit, Liquid Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils
9. D 4429
Standard Test Method for CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Soils in Place
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) - latest edition
1. T 88
Standard Method of Test for Particle Size Analysis of Soils
2. T 99
Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 2.5-kg
(5.5-lb)
Rammer and a 305-mm (12-1n.) Drop
3. T 180
Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg
(10-lb)
Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop
B.
1.04
A.
B.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Geotechnical Engineer familiar with the site, selected and paid by the Owner, shall be retained to
perform construction inspection on site based on density testing, visual observation, and judgment.
This inspection will not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete the work in
accordance with the drawings and specifications.
Visual field confirmation and density testing of subgrade preparation and fill placement procedures
shall be performed by the field Geotechnical Engineer as part of the construction testing
requirements. The Contractor shall be informed as soon as possible of the test results.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
C.
D.
1.05
A.
B.
C.
D.
March 6, 2015
The Geotechnical Engineer shall prepare field reports that indicate compaction test location, elevation
data, testing results and acceptability. The Owner and Contractor shall be provided with written
copies of the results within 24 hours of time test was performed.
All costs related to reinspection, due to failures, shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional
expense to Owner. The Owner reserves the right to direct any inspection that is deemed necessary.
Contractor shall provide free access to site for inspection activities.
SUBMITTALS
Within 10 days after award of the contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner, a schedule
detailing the sequence, and time of completion of all phases of work under this section.
At least 2 weeks in advance of imported fill use, the Contractor shall submit the following laboratory
test data to the Geotechnical Engineer for each type of imported soil/gravel material to be used as
compacted fill. These tests shall be conducted at the expense of the Contractor.
1. Moisture and Density Relationship: ASTM D698;
2. Mechanical Analysis: AASHTO T-88; and,
3. Plasticity Index: ASTM D 4318.
Together with the above test data, the Contractor shall submit a 5 pound sample of each type of
off-site fill material in an air tight container for the approval of the Geotechnical Engineer and owner.
Submit the name of each material supplier and specific type and source of each material. Any change
in source or soil type throughout the job requires approval of the Owner and the Geotechnical
Engineer.
1.06
A.
REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION
A report of geotechnical exploration was not prepared as a part of this project.
1.07
A.
CLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Classified excavation shall be defined as the excavation necessary to subgrade lines and grades as
shown on the contract drawings, which shall be a lump sum bid. Any and all unsuitable material,
undercut excavation, mass rock excavation, trench rock excavation, mechanical rock excavation and
soil stabilization shall be paid in the lump sum bid. No additional payments shall be made for
excavations to the subgrade lines and grades shown on the contract drawings beyond the lump sum
bid. In the event the Owner elects to change the lines and grades as shown on the contract drawings,
unit prices shall be used to increase or decrease the contract amount in accordance with the change.
1.08
A.
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Unclassified excavation shall be defined as all material excavated to and below the lines and grades
as shown on the contract drawings to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade, regardless of its nature
or composition, which includes any and all on-site cut or fill, off-site import or export, topsoil
removal, subgrade preparation, unsuitable material, undercut excavation, mass rock excavation,
trench rock excavation, mechanical rock excavation, utility and storm drainage trench excavation,
and soil stabilization. Unclassified excavation shall be included in the lump sum bid. In the event
the Owner elects to change the lines and grades as shown on the contract drawings, an unclassified
excavation unit price shall be used to increase or decrease the contract amount in accordance with the
change.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
MATERIALS
On-site fill
1. On-site materials for use as fill shall consist of excavated soil from other portions of the site;
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
B.
C.
D.
2.02
A.
B.
March 6, 2015
2. The Contractor shall use the on-site soil judiciously to facilitate the construction schedule
including the use of the most readily compactable soil for fill in building areas and as fill within
2 feet of pavement subgrade;
3. Soils with a Plasticity Index (PI) of 30 or greater shall not be used above an elevation 2 feet
below the bottom of the footing elevation or within the upper 2 feet below pavement or sidewalk
areas.
4. Topsoil shall not be utilized as engineered fill;
5. Maximum particle size of the soil in the fill shall be limited to 4 inches in any one dimension.
No concentrations of large fragments shall be permitted.
6. No material greater than 3 inches in its largest dimension may be utilized as backfill for storm
drainage or utility trenches.
7. Prior to placement, on-site material to be used as fill shall not contain:
a. Debris other than crushed concrete and brick meeting the above requirements.
b. Timber or railroad ties.
c. Other deleterious materials such as steel rails, rebar, trash, etc.
d. Hazardous material - Unsuitable and deleterious materials and debris shall be disposed of
off-site in accordance with all applicable regulations.
8. Fill shall be clean, well graded soil.
Off-site imported fill
1. If necessary, off-site fill shall be obtained and provided by the Contractor;
2. Fill shall be clean, well graded granular soil and representative samples shall be obtained by the
Contractor for the Geotechnical Engineer to determine the moisture-density relationship and
overall classification of the material;
3. Imported fill shall be free of all hazardous substances. Certification of compliance and, if
requested, test results substantiating compliance shall be furnished to the Owner and
Geotechnical Engineer by the Contractor not less than one week prior to its intended use;
4. The Owner reserves the right to test off-site fill material for conformance with these
specifications; and,
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for all permits and regulatory requirements associated with
offsite borrow sources.
Rock is defined as follows:
1. General Excavation - Any material that cannot be excavated with a single-toothed ripper drawn
by a crawler tractor having a minimum draw bar pull rated at not less than 71,000 lbs.
(Caterpillar D9N or equivalent), and occupying an original volume of at least 2 cubic yards or
more; and,
2. Trench Excavation - Any material that cannot be excavated with a backhoe having a break out
force rated at not less than 44,000 lbs. (Caterpillar 235D or equivalent), and occupying an
original volume of at least 2 cubic yards.
3. Mechanical Excavation - Any material that must be excavated by a minimum 10,000 lb.
mechanical hammer and occupying an original volume of at least 2 cubic yards.
Any bituminous concrete on the site shall be milled/removed prior to placing any fill and shall be
reused only onsite immediately below the pavement stone base course.
EQUIPMENT
Compactor for mass earthwork shall be minimum 5 ton static drum weight vibratory roller or 5 ton
static drum weight sheeps footed compactor as appropriate for the type of soil material at the site or
other compactor approved by the Geotechnical Engineer.
Compactor for trenches and where access or maneuverability is limited use, a double drum walk
behind roller or "jumping jack" tampers.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
GENERAL
The Contractor shall refer to the repair plan drawings for staging of earthwork operations and for
erosion control measures to be implemented prior to commencement of earthwork.
The Contractor shall refer to the erosion control drawings for staging of earthwork operations and for
erosion control measures to be implemented prior to commencement of earthwork.
Locate and identify existing utilities that are to remain and protect them from damage.
Notify utility companies to allow removal and/or relocation of any utilities that are in conflict with
the proposed improvements.
Protect fences, structures, sidewalks, paving, curbs, etc to remain from equipment and vehicular
traffic.
Protect benchmarks, property corners and all other survey monuments from damage or displacement.
If a marker needs to be removed/relocated it shall be referenced by a licensed land surveyor and
replaced, as necessary, by the same at no additional cost to the Owner.
Demolish the existing site improvements within the proposed construction limits. Remove all
foundations, floor slabs, and underground utilities within the proposed construction areas. These
materials shall be wasted off-site.
All trees, plants, grass and other organic material shall be removed (cleared) from the proposed
construction area and all structural fill areas. Roots larger than ½-inch in diameter shall be removed
(grubbed) from the proposed construction area and all structural fill areas. These materials shall be
wasted off-site.
Remove from the site, material encountered in grading operations that, in opinion of Owner or
Geotechnical Engineer, is unsuitable or undesirable for backfilling in pavement or building areas as
per Article 2.01.
Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum to bring site grades to the proposed subgrade
conditions inferred from the drawings.
Do not perform any work associated with this section prior to completion of all required inspections,
tests and approvals.
Areas ready to receive new fill shall be proofrolled with a heavily loaded dump truck or similar
equipment judged acceptable by the Geotechnical Engineer. The level of the proofroll shall be
determined by the Geotechnical Engineer on a case-by-case basis.
Proofrolling shall be performed after a suitable period of dry weather to avoid degrading the
subgrade. Areas that pump, rut, or wave during proofrolling shall require undercutting as directed by
the Geotechnical Engineer.
When performing grading operations during periods of prolonged wet or dry weather, provide
adequate measures for surface drainage and ground water control, and moisture control of soils (i.e.,
wetting or drying, scarify and discing) so as to place and compact the soil within the moisture content
range of 2 percent of optimum water content. Any disturbed areas shall be proofrolled at the end of
each day.
Sloping, shoring, bracing, and fencing shall be installed in accordance with Federal OSHA
requirements as well as the requirements of all regulatory authorities having jurisdiction.
Allow no debris to accumulate on-site. Haul debris away from the site and dispose of at no cost to the
Owner.
Dispose of excess earth material from the site.
Any material imported or exported from the site shall be hauled to or from a site that has obtained a
permit or can be incorporated into the Owner’s permit. If the borrow or waste site serves multiple
construction projects then a copy of the permit must be included in permit eligibility documentation
section of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Ledger.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
3.02
A.
March 6, 2015
COMPACTION OF SUBGRADE SURFACES
In areas to receive fill and at the final cut subgrade, proofroll and compact the exposed ground
surface following clearing and grubbing and any required excavation with a minimum of 4 passes of
an approved compactor and obtain at least the density required in the Report of Geotechnical
Exploration and as indicated below.
TABLE 3.02
Location or Area
Structures and Walkways
Retaining Walls
Trenches
Lawn or Unimproved Areas
Building Subgrades
Pavement Subgrades
Standard Proctor
Density ASTM
D698
(AASHTO T 99)
98%
98%
98%
90%
98%
95%
Density testing shall be performed as a means to verify percent compactions and moisture content of
the material as it is being placed and compacted.
B.
In addition to the above referenced table, proofrolling shall be completed in accordance with Section
3.06, “Proofrolling”.
C.
Any soft areas exhibiting excessive weaving or unsatisfactory material identified during excavation,
fill placement, compaction and proof testing shall be removed, replaced with suitable fill, and
compacted as specified in Table 3.02 above.
D.
Prior to preparing the subgrade in low lying areas, perform the following procedures:
1. Drain standing water by gravity or with a pump. Water should not be discharged directly to a
storm drain system; discharge only to an approved sediment control BMP.
2. After drainage of low area is complete, remove mulch, mud, debris, and other unsuitable material
using equipment and methods that will minimize disturbance to the underlying soils;
3. Thoroughly compact subgrade as specified in Article 3.02.A and Article 3.05 or 3.06 of this
Section; and,
4. If proposed for fill, all muck, mud and other materials removed from above low areas shall be
dried on-site by spreading in thin layers for observation by Owner or Owners representative. If,
after observation by Owner or Owners representative, material is found to be unsuitable, it shall
be removed from the site.
E.
Project foundations shall be constructed to bear either completely on soil or completely on rock to
match the bearing conditions for each, entire structure.
F.
Moisture content shall be maintained within 2 percent of compacted fill.
G.
Soils shall not be “overcompacted” and construction traffic shall be kept to a minimum to assure
compaction is achieved and that the soil is not allowed to break down.
3.03
A.
UNDERCUT EXCAVATION
When approved by Owner and recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer, the Contractor may be
required to remove natural soil materials in areas where fills are to be placed when determined to be
undesirable in their location or condition. The Contractor shall be required to remove the undesirable
material and backfill with approved material properly compacted.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 5
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3.04
A.
B.
3.05
A.
B.
March 6, 2015
At locations where unstable soil is shown on the drawings the removal and replacement of such soil
shall be as directed on the drawings or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer and the Owner.
At locations where soil is wet of optimum moisture, the Contractor shall provide a “good faith” effort
in drying and discing these areas prior to completing undercut excavation as approved by the
Geotechnical Engineer and Owner.
Where undercutting is required adjacent or beneath the location of the proposed drainage structure,
undercut and backfill shall be done over a sufficient distance adjacent to the installation to prevent
future operations from disturbing the completed drainage structure.
All material removed in the work of undercut excavation will be classified by the Geotechnical
Engineer and Owner as either suitable for other use without excessive manipulation and utilized by
the Contractor elsewhere in the work, or unsuitable for future use and disposed of by the Contractor
as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer in accordance with Article 3.01. of this specification.
The Contractor shall conduct undercut operations in such a way that the necessary measurements can
be taken before any backfill is placed.
Backfill in undercut areas shall be placed as a continuous operation along with the undercutting
operation. No backfill material shall be placed in water unless otherwise permitted by the
Geotechnical Engineer.
ROCK EXCAVATION
General Rock Excavation & Blasting – The encountering and removal of rock as defined herein this
section will be paid as part of the project excavation unless stated elsewhere in the contract
documents.
1. Rock Required Removal Lines:
a. Two feet outside of concrete work;
b. Two feet outside and under perimeter of footings.
c. Neat outside dimensions of concrete work where no forms are required; and,
d. Under slabs on grade, 12 inches below subgrade.
Blasting Requirements:
1. No blasting will be allowed on this project
EXCAVATION, FILL, AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION
GENERAL
1. Structures include buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, embankment berms for storm
water detention basins, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances or other manmade stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface; and,
2. The Contractor shall cut or fill to the proposed subgrade elevations based on finished grades and
the pavement thicknesses as shown on the drawings. Subgrade elevations shall be constructed to
within 0 to minus ½ inch of the proposed grades specified.
EXCAVATION
1. Where existing grades are above proposed subgrade elevation, excavate materials in the building
areas to line and grade as shown in the drawings being careful not to over excavate beyond the
elevations needed for building subgrades;
2. Excavate organic soils from within the building area. If approved by Owner excavated on-site
organic soils, which are unsuitable for building fill may be used in landscaped areas. Otherwise
this material shall be disposed of off-site;
3. Excavated on-site soils, which meet the requirements of the Report of Geotechnical Explorations
and these specifications may be used as building area fill; and,
4. Unsuitable material, such as wood and any other deleterious materials determined to be
unsuitable by the Geotechnical Engineer for use as on-site fill, shall be disposed of off site in
accordance with Article 3.01. of this specification.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 6
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
C.
D.
3.06
A.
B.
C.
D.
March 6, 2015
SUBGRADE PREPARATION FOR FILL
1. Existing grades below building areas shall be leveled prior to fill placement. The Contractor shall
remove existing lawn and top soil in these areas prior to placement of any fill; and,
2. All existing grades below building areas shall be proofrolled and compacted per Article 3.02.
FILL PLACEMENT
1. No fill material shall be placed in areas of standing water, in areas of frozen or thawing ground,
or in areas that have not been approved by the Geotechnical Engineer;
2. No fill materials shall be placed during unfavorable weather conditions. When work is
interrupted by heavy rains, fill operations shall not be resumed until all saturated surficial soils
are returned to a satisfactory moisture content as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer;
3. Fill lift surfaces shall be made smooth and free from ruts or indentations at the end of any work
day when precipitation is forecast to prevent saturation of surficial fill material. Fill surfaces shall
be graded to drain and sealed with a smooth drum roller at the completion of each work day;
4. The fill shall be placed in uniform loose lifts not exceeding 8 inches and compacted in systemic
method to achieve at least 4 passes of the compactor. Fill lift thickness for backfill of foundation
walls and utility trenches will vary based on compaction equipment available and material types,
but in no case shall exceed 8 inches. For crushed stone/aggregate backfills in trenches or wall
backfill and when using a plate compactor, trench compactor, or similar shall not exceed 4 inches
in lift thickness;
5. Shot rock may be utilized as engineered fill as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer;
6. Each lift shall be compacted to the minimum densities listed in Table 3.02 as appropriate for the
project;
7. The Contractor shall adjust the water content by aeration or adding water to achieve the required
density. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to
achieve proper compaction and facilitate the construction schedule;
8. Wet, saturated material shall be air dried as necessary to achieve the field densities specified in
this Section. Removal and replacement shall not occur without prior approval by Owner.
Removal and replacement shall be used if necessary to facilitate the construction schedule;
9. Remove areas of finished subgrade found to have insufficient compaction density of depth
necessary and replace with suitable compacted fill as approved by the Owner or Owners
representative. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and
true to grade and cross-section; and,
10. Fill shall not be placed on slopes greater than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal for soil cut or fill.
PROOFROLLING
The work covered by this subsection consists of furnishing and operating, proofrolling equipment at
the direction of the Owner’s representative and/or Geotechnical Engineer.
Proofrolling shall be under the observation of the Owner’s representative and/or the Geotechnical
Engineer as described herein and under the following schedule:
1. Immediately following the completion of excavation to proposed subgrades in cut areas,
proofrolling shall be performed as specified; and,
2. Immediately prior to and following stone base course placement, in pavement and building pad
areas for final floor slab preparation, all subgrade and stone base areas shall be proofrolled. Any
areas which deflect, rut or pump under the loaded dump truck shall be undercut and replaced
with compacted fill material or stone base course as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer and
approved by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner.
Proofrolling shall be done with 1 pass of a fully loaded tandem dump truck equal to or exceeding
50,000 lbs or other construction equipment if approved by the Geotechnical Engineer.
Construction methods shall be as follows:
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 7
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
1. After the subgrade or stone base course has been completed the subgrade or stone base course
shall then be proofrolled. The coverage areas and methods will be identified by the Geotechnical
Engineer;
2. The equipment shall be operated at a speed that the Geotechnical Engineer can comfortably and
slowly walk along side the equipment;
3. If it becomes necessary to take corrective action, such as but not limited to underdrain
installation, undercut and backfill of an unsuitable material, and aeration of excessively wet
material in areas that have been proofrolled, see Article 3.03. These areas shall be proofrolled
again following the completion of the necessary corrections. If the corrections are necessary due
to the negligence of the Contractor, the corrective work and additional proofrolling shall be
performed by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner; and,
4. The Contractor shall protect all structural facilities on the project, such as but not limited to box
culverts, pipe culverts, and utilities, from damage by the proofrolling equipment.
3.07
A.
B.
C.
MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE
Finished subgrades shall be verified by the Contractor to ensure proper elevation and conditions for
construction above subgrade.
Protect subgrade from excessive construction traffic and wheel loading including concrete and dump
trucks.
Remove areas of finished subgrade judged to be unsatisfactory to the depth necessary and replace in a
manner that will comply with compaction requirements by use of material equal to or better than the
best subgrade material on site. Surface of subgrade after compaction shall be hard, uniform, smooth,
stable, and true to grade and cross-section.
END OF SECTION 310000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
EARTHWORK
310000 - 8
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
SECTION 311000 – SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Protecting existing trees and vegetation that are to remain;
2. Clearing and grubbing; and,
3. Topsoil stripping.
1.02
REFERENCED SECTIONS
1. Section 029000 – Erosion and Sediment Control
2. Section 310000 – Earthwork
1.03
A.
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain on Owner’s property, cleared
materials shall become the Contractor’s property and shall be removed from the site.
1.04
A.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner’s
premises where indicated.
Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located prior to site clearing.
Contractor shall verify existing grades prior to performing work under this section. If existing
grades are at variance with the drawings, notify the Owner and receive instructions prior to
proceeding. No additional compensation will be considered resulting from grade variances once
site clearing has commenced.
All benchmarks and monuments shall be protected during construction. If disturbed or destroyed,
they shall be replaced in original position by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor’s expense.
Protect areas outside limits of disturbance from encroachment by construction personnel or
equipment, regardless of property Ownership. Access shall be by specific, written permission or
easement only.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A.
Contractor shall provide and use all necessary equipment and materials to perform work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
PREPARATION
Provide erosion control measures in accordance with Section 029000, Erosion and Sediment
Control, prior to any construction activity.
Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated. All trees and vegetation
to remain shall be barricaded and protected during the construction process per Article 3.02 of
this section.
Limit of clearing can be staked and shall be verified by Owner prior to removal of any trees.
All trees and shrubs not designated to remain within the area to be graded, whether shown or not
on the drawings, shall be cut and the removal of stumps shall comply with Article 3.03 of this
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
SITE CLEARING
311000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
section. Burning on site is not permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Owner and authorities
having jurisdiction.
3.02
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
3.03
A.
B.
3.04
A.
B.
C.
3.05
A.
TREE PROTECTION
Protect existing site improvements to remain, from damage during construction. Restore
damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to the Owner.
Erect and maintain a temporary fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip
line of groups of trees to remain. Remove fence when construction is complete.
Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and
excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb soil to
expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.
Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction
operations, in a manner approved by the Owner.
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation within the limit of disturbance to
permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions
and grubbing roots, unless otherwise specified. In areas outside the building limits where the
depth of fill exceeds 8 feet in height, unless otherwise directed by the Owner, sound trees shall be
cut at a height of not more than 6 inches above natural ground.
Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless
further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent
original ground as in accordance with Section 310000, Earthwork.
TOPSOIL STRIPPING
Strip topsoil to full depth encountered in areas indicated to be graded in a manner to prevent
intermingling with underlying subsoil or waste materials.
Stockpile sufficient topsoil material to facilitate seeding and landscaping. Stockpile away from
edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain
surface water. Provide adequate erosion and sediment controls.
Protect soil stockpiles as per Section 029000, Erosion Control.
DISPOSAL
Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable or excess topsoil, obstructions, demolished
materials, and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off
Owner’s property.
END OF SECTION 311000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
SITE CLEARING
311000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 321313 - CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Driveways and roadways.
Parking lots.
Curbs and gutters.
Walkways.
Unit paver base.
Division 03 Section Cast-in-Place Concrete for general building applications of concrete.
Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation, grading, and subbase
course.
Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants of joints in
concrete pavement and at isolation joints of concrete pavement with adjacent
construction.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
A.
Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended
hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground granulated blast-furnace slag.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
B.
Design Mixes: For each concrete pavement mix. Include alternate mix designs when
characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances
warrant adjustments.
C.
Samples: 10-lb (4.5-kg) sample of exposed aggregate.
D.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results
for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of
current materials:
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
E.
Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following materials
complies with requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F.
1.5
Cementitious materials and aggregates.
Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
Admixtures.
Curing compounds.
Applied finish materials.
Bonding agent or adhesive.
Joint fillers.
Minutes of preinstallation conference.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products who complies
with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1.
B.
Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1077
and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
1.
Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.
C.
ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless
modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.
D.
Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
E.
Mockups: Cast mockups of full-size sections of concrete pavement to demonstrate typical
joints, surface finish, texture, color, and standard of workmanship.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
F.
Build mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting construction.
Maintain approved mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a
standard for judging the completed pavement.
Demolish and remove approved mockups from the site when directed by Architect.
Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete pavement mixture design and
examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials and concrete pavement
construction practices. Require representatives, including the following, of each entity
directly concerned with concrete pavement, to attend conference:
a.
b.
c.
d.
1.6
Contractor's superintendent.
Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures.
Ready-mix concrete producer.
Concrete pavement subcontractor.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other
construction activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.2
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
FORMS
A.
Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type
materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces.
1.
B.
2.3
Use flexible or curved forms for curves with a radius 100 feet (30.5 m) or less.
Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of
concrete surfaces.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A.
Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire
into flat sheets.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
B.
Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet.
C.
Epoxy-Coated Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, plain steel.
D.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420); deformed.
E.
Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class II zinc coated, hot-dip galvanized
after fabrication and bending; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) deformed
bars.
F.
Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M or ASTM A 934/A 934M; with
ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) deformed bars.
G.
Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420),
deformed bars; assembled with clips.
H.
Plain Steel Wire: ASTM A 82.
I.
Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496.
J.
Epoxy-Coated-Steel Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated.
K.
Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420). Cut bars
true to length with ends square and free of burrs.
L.
Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars:
ASTM A 775/A 775M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M,
Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain steel bars.
M.
Tie Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
N.
Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6), internally and
externally threaded. Design hook-bolt joint assembly to hold coupling against pavement form
and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to concrete
or hook bolt.
O.
Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports
according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete
of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows:
1.
2.
Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will
not support chair legs.
For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated
wire bar supports.
P.
Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid two-part epoxy repair coating, compatible with epoxy coating on
reinforcement.
Q.
Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.4
A.
CONCRETE MATERIALS
General: Use the same brand and type of cementitious material from the same manufacturer
throughout the Project.
B.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.
1.
2.
C.
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C.
Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, from a single source, with coarse aggregate as
follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Class: 4S.
Class: 4M.
Class: 1N.
Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch (25 mm) nominal.
Do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing substances that cause spalling.
D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M.
E. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
F. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with
other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass
of cementitious material.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.5
Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture:
ASTM C 494/C 494M,
Type G.
Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
FIBER REINFORCEMENT
A.
Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament or fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed
for use in concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, [1/2 to 1-1/2 inches (13
to 38 mm)] long.
1.
Products:
a.
Monofilament Fibers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
CONCRETE PAVING
Axim Concrete Technologies; Fibrasol IIP.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Fiberstrand 100.
FORTA Corporation; Forta Mono.
Grace, W. R. & Co.--Conn.; Grace MicroFiber.
Metalcrete Industries; Polystrand 1000.
SI Concrete Systems; Fibermix Stealth.
321313 - 5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
b.
Fibrillated Fibers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
2.6
Axim Concrete Technologies; Fibrasol F.
FORTA Corporation; Forta.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Fiberstrand F.
Grace, W. R. & Co.--Conn.; Grace Fibers.
SI Concrete Systems; Fibermesh.
CURING MATERIALS
A.
Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) dry.
B.
Moisture-Retaining Cover:
sheet.
C.
Water: Potable.
D.
Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
1.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
E.
ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene
Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
Burke by Edeco; BurkeFilm.
ChemMasters; Spray-Film.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc.; Aquafilm.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
Kaufman Products, Inc.; Vapor Aid.
Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E-Con.
MBT Protection and Repair, ChemRex Inc.; Confilm.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm.
Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
Symons Corporation; Finishing Aid.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex EnvioAssist.
Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
1.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
CONCRETE PAVING
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB.
Burke by Edoko; Aqua Resin Cure.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc.; W.B. Resin Cure.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX.
321313 - 6
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
F.
White Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B.
1.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
2.7
Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420.
Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E.
Symons Corporation; Resi-Chem Clear.
Tamms Industries Inc.; Horncure WB 30.
Unitex; Hydro Cure 309.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100.
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 WP WB.
Burke by Edoco; Resin Emulsion White.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure 2000.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc.; W.B. Resin Cure.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem White Pigmented Cure (J-10-W).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez VOX White Pigmented.
Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 450.
Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-White.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R-2.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1200-White.
Symons Corporation; Resi-Chem White.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure 200-W.
Unitex; Hydro White.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure White 100.
RELATED MATERIALS
A.
2.8
A.
B.
Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic
fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
CONCRETE MIXTURES
Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301, for each type and
strength of normal-weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixes or field
experience.
Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs
for the trial batch method.
1.
C.
Do not use Owner's field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing
agency.
Proportion mixes to provide concrete with the following properties:
1.
2.
Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500 psi (24.1 MPa).
Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 7
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
3.
Slump Limit: 6 inches (75 mm).
D.
Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than
portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements for concrete exposed to deicing chemicals.
E.
Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than
portland cement in concrete as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
F.
Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of
placement having an air content as follows within a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percent:
1.
2.9
Fly Ash: 25 percent.
Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent.
Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent.
Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent
portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent.
Air Content: 6.0 percent for 1-inch (25-mm) maximum aggregate.
CONCRETE MIXING
Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116.
1.
B.
When air temperature is between 85 deg F (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce
mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above
90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
Project-Site Mixing: Comply with requirements and measure, batch, and mix concrete
materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drumtype batch machine mixer.
1.
2.
3.
For mixers of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller capacity, continue mixing at least one and
one-half minutes, but not more than five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before
any part of batch is released.
For mixers of capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15
seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m).
Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water
added.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
B.
EXAMINATION
Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional
compaction. Proceed with pavement only after nonconforming conditions have been corrected
and subgrade/base is ready to receive pavement.
Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 8
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
C.
3.2
Proceed with concrete pavement operations only after nonconforming conditions have been
corrected and subgrade is ready to receive pavement.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
A.
Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to
required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and
so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
B.
Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete
without damage.
3.4
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A.
General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and
supporting reinforcement.
B.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials.
C.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during
concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
D.
Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at
least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
E.
Zinc-Coated Reinforcement: Use galvanized steel wire ties to fasten zinc-coated reinforcement.
Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material.
F.
Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated
reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to
ASTM D 3963/D 3963M.
G.
Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and
free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace units as required
before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) overlap of adjacent mats.
3.5
JOINTS
A.
General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line with
faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to
centerline, unless otherwise indicated.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 9
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
B.
Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at
locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless pavement
terminates at isolation joints.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do
not continue reinforcement through sides of pavement strips, unless otherwise indicated.
Provide tie bars at sides of pavement strips where indicated.
Butt Joints: Use bonding agent at joint locations where fresh concrete is placed against
hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.
Keyed Joints: Provide preformed keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys,
unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete.
Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated.
Lubricate or asphalt-coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one
side of joint.
Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs,
catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D.
When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously placed
joints, unless otherwise indicated.
Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet (15.25 m) unless otherwise indicated.
Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint.
Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below
finished surface if joint sealant is indicated.
Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not
indicated.
Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or
clip joint-filler sections together.
Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or other
temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both
sides of joint.
Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as
indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete
thickness, as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing
each edge of joint with grooving tool to a [1/4-inch (6-mm)] [3/8-inch (10-mm)] radius.
Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover
marks on concrete surfaces.
Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) wide joints into concrete
when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before
developing random contraction cracks.
Doweled Contraction Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where
indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding
to one side of joint.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 10
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
E.
3.6
Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with
an edging tool to a [1/4-inch (6-mm)] [3/8-inch (10-mm)] radius. Repeat tooling of edges after
applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A.
Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel
reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of
their work.
B.
Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcement before placing concrete.
Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.
C.
Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not
place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and
alignment.
D.
Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.
E.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site.
F.
Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing.
G.
Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push
or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
H.
Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented
by hand spading, rodding, or tamping.
1.
I.
Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an
internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side
forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate
with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices.
Place concrete in two operations; strike off initial pour for entire width of placement and to the
required depth below finish surface. Lay welded wire fabric or fabricated bar mats immediately
in final position. Place top layer of concrete, strike off, and screed.
1.
Remove and replace concrete that has been placed for more than 15 minutes without
being covered by top layer, or use bonding agent if approved by Architect.
J.
Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off.
K.
Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform
surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further
disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments.
L.
Curbs and Gutters: When automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement,
submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements.
Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 11
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
specified for formed concrete. If results are not approved, remove and replace with formed
concrete.
M.
Slip-Form Pavers: When automatic machine placement is used for pavement, submit revised
mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements. Produce pavement to
required thickness, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as required for formed pavement.
1.
Compact subbase and prepare subgrade of sufficient width to prevent displacement of
paver machine during operations.
N.
When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on
concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28-day compressive strength.
O.
Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low
temperatures.
1.
2.
3.
P.
Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot-weather conditions
exist:
1.
2.
3.
3.7
When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C),
uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C)
at point of placement.
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32
deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control
temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed
ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
FLOAT FINISHING
A.
General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
B.
Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared and
concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven
floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true
planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform
granular texture.
1.
Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across float-finished concrete,
perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture.
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 12
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.
3.
3.8
Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across float-finished
concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine-line texture.
Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating floatfinished concrete surface 1/16 to 1/8 inch (1.6 to 3 mm) deep with a stiff-bristled broom,
perpendicular to line of traffic.
CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A.
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures.
B.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
C.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during
finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,
screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
D.
Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
E.
Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing
compound, or a combination of these as follows:
1.
Moist Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
3.9
Water.
Continuous water-fog spray.
Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately
repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
A.
Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Elevation: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch (10 mm), minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
Surface: Gap below 10-foot- (3-m-) long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch
(6 mm).
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 13
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
3.10
Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1 inch (25 mm).
Vertical Alignment of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: 1/2 inch
(13 mm).
Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: Length
of dowel 1/4 inch per 12 inches (6 mm per 300 mm).
Joint Spacing: 3 inches (75 mm).
Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch (6 mm), no minus.
Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch (3 mm), no minus.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B.
Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1.
Testing Frequency: Obtain at least 1 composite sample for each 5000 sq. ft. or fraction
thereof of each concrete mix placed each day.
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests
for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample,
but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional
tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not
less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix.
Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F
(4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each
composite sample.
Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of
three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test 1 specimen at 7 days and 2
specimens at 28 days.
a.
A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from 2
specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days.
C.
Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if average of any 3 consecutive compressivestrength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test
value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa).
D.
Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor
within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project
identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and
inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days,
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 14
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break
for both 7- and 28-day tests.
E.
Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
F.
Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when
test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements
have not been met, as directed by Architect.
G.
Remove and replace concrete pavement where test results indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
H.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.11
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A.
Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not
comply with requirements in this Section.
B.
Drill test cores, where directed by Architect, when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks
or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement
concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive.
C.
Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by
removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
D.
Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material.
Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial
Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION 321313
CONCRETE PAVING
321313 - 15
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 321373 - CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
A.
B.
1.4
Expansion and contraction joints within cement concrete pavement.
Joints between cement concrete and asphalt pavement.
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing nontraffic and traffic joints in locations
not specified in this Section.
Division 32 Section "Asphalt Paving" for constructing joints between concrete and
asphalt pavement.
Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving" for constructing joints in concrete pavement.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has
resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance.
Source Limitations:
manufacturer.
Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing
time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B.
Store and handle materials to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their
deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other
causes.
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
321373 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by jointsealant manufacturer.
When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by jointsealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C).
When joint substrates are wet or covered with frost.
Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed
from joint substrates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
B.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other
Part 2 articles.
2.2
MATERIALS, GENERAL
A.
Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.
COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
A.
Type NS Silicone Sealant for Concrete: Single-component, low-modulus, neutral-curing,
nonsag silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Type NS.
B.
Type SL Silicone Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt: Single-component, low-modulus, neutralcuring, self-leveling silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Type SL.
C.
Multicomponent Low-Modulus Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt: Proprietary formulation
consisting of reactive petropolymer and activator components producing a pourable, selfleveling sealant.
D.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, cold-applied joint sealants that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
E.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
2.2
1.
Type NS Silicone Sealant for Concrete:
a.
b.
Roadsaver Silicone-SL; Crafco Inc.
888; Dow Corning.
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
321373 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.
Type SL Silicone Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt:
a.
3.
Multicomponent Low-Modulus Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt:
a.
2.3
890-SL; Dow Corning.
SOF-SEAL; W.R. Meadows, Inc.
HOT-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
A.
Elastomeric Sealant for Concrete:
ASTM D 3406.
Single-component formulation complying with
B.
Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt:
ASTM D 3405.
Single-component formulation complying with
C.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, hot-applied joint sealants that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
D.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1.
Elastomeric Sealant for Concrete:
a.
b.
2.
Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.3
Superseal 444/777; Crafco, Inc.
POLY-JET 3406; W.R. Meadows, Inc.
ROADSAVER 221; Crafco Inc.
Product #9005; Koch Materials Company.
Product #9030; Koch Materials Company.
SEALTIGHT HI-SPEC; W.R. Meadows, Inc.
JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide joint-sealant backer materials that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated
by joint-sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
B.
Round Backer Rods for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 1, of diameter
and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant.
C.
Backer Strips for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness and
width required to control sealant depth, prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant, and fill
remainder of joint opening under sealant.
D.
Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and
density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant.
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
321373 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.4
PRIMERS
A.
Primers: Product recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of
sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate
tests and field tests.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting jointsealant performance.
1.
3.2
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
B.
Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by
joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces.
3.3
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A.
General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products
and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B.
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint
sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C.
Install backer materials of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position
required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint
widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1.
2.
3.
D.
Do not leave gaps between ends of backer materials.
Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear backer materials.
Remove absorbent backer materials that have become wet before sealant application and
replace them with dry materials.
Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time
backings are installed:
1.
Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
321373 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2.
3.
E.
Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration.
Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform
beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of
sealant with sides of joint.
1.
2.
Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer and that do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
F.
Provide joint configuration to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions,
unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Provide recessed joint configuration for silicone sealants of recess depth and at locations
indicated.
3.4
CLEANING
A.
3.5
Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
products in which joints occur.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances
and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without
deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage
or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately
and replace with joint sealant so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the
original work.
END OF SECTION 321373
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
321373 - 5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 32 14 13.16
PAVING SLABS ON AN AGGREGATE BASE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
1.02
A. Section includes:
1. Paving slabs
2. Bedding and joint sand.
3. Edge restraints.
4. [Geotextile].
5. [Cleaning, Sealing, and Joint sand stabilization]..
B. Related work
1. Section 310000 – Earthwork.
2. Section 321373 - Concrete
1.03
1.04
REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
2. C 136, Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
3. C 144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
4. D 698, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using US-slabs
on agg base.doc 4 Standard Effort (12,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3 )).
5. D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort
(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3 )).
6. D 2940, Specification for Graded Aggregate Material for Bases or Subbases for Highways or
Airports.
B. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 1. A231.1, Precast Concrete Paving Slabs.
C. Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute (ICPI) 1. ICPI Tech Spec technical bulletins.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Paving slabs:
1. [Four] representative full-size samples of each slab type, thickness, color, finish. Select samples
to indicate the extremes of color and texture expected in the finished installation.
2. Accepted samples become the standard of acceptance for the work of this Section.
3. Laboratory test reports certifying compliance of the paving slabs with CSA A231.1.
1. Manufacturer's catalog literature and material safety data sheets for the safe handling
of the specified materials and products. 1.04
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Paving Subcontractor Qualifications:
1. Utilize an installer having successfully completed concrete paving slab installation similar in
design, material, and extent indicated on this project.
2. Utilize an installer holding a current certificate from the Interlocking Concrete Pavement
Institute Concrete Paver Installer Certification program.
B. Mock-Ups:
1. Install a 7 ft x 7 ft (2 x 2 m) slab area.
2. Use this area to determine surcharge of the bedding layer, joint sizes, lines, laying
pattern(s), color(s), and texture of the job.
3. This area will be used as the standard by which the work will be judged.
4. Subject to acceptance by owner, mock-up may be retained as part of finished work.
5. If mock-up is not retained, remove and properly dispose of mock-up.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section.
B. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid
construction delays.
C. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged
containers packaging with identification labels intact.
1. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interference with
normal use of buildings adjacent to paving.
SECTION 32-14-13.16 – HARSTONE PAVER
321413-5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
2. Deliver concrete paving slabs to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or
plastic wrapped packaging capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift.
3. Unload slabs at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the
product.
D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected such that they are kept free from
mud, dirt, and other foreign materials. [Store concrete paving slab cleaners and sealers
per US-slabs on agg base.doc 5 manufacturer’s instructions.]
1. Cover bedding sand and joint sand with waterproof covering if needed to
prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. Secure the covering in place.
1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Do not install sand or slabs during heavy rain or snowfall.
2. Do not install frozen bedding sand.
3. Do not install concrete slabs on frozen aggregate base or bedding sand.
1.07 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Provide 5% additional material for use by owner for maintenance and repair.
B. Slabs shall be from the same production run as installed materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE PAVING SLABS
A. Manufacturer: Hartstone Tile
1. Contact:
Hartstone Tile
1801 Taylor Ave, Louisville, KY 40213
(502) 938-4306
B. Concrete paving slabs:
1. Slab type: Standard 18”x36”x3”
a. Material Standard: Comply with material standards in CSA A231.1: 650 psi (4.5 MPa)
average flexural strength. Freeze-thaw scaling testing requirements shall be waived for applications
not exposed to freezing conditions.
b. Color Hartstone Standard, Soft White
c. Size: Standard 18”x36”x3”
d. Manufactured in a plant where paving products are certified by ICPI as having passed
manufacturer designated [ASTM] [CSA] requirements in this specification.
2.02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions: No substitutions permitted.
2.03 BEDDING AND JOINT SAND
A. Provide bedding and joint sand as follows:
1. Clean, non-plastic, free from deleterious or foreign matter, symmetrically shaped, natural or
manufactured from crushed rock.
2. Do not use limestone screenings, stone dust, or sand for the bedding sand material that does not
conform to conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 33.
3. Do not use mason sand or sand conforming to ASTM C 144 for the bedding sand.
4. Sieve according to ASTM C 136.
5. Bedding Sand Material Requirements: Conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 33 with
modifications as shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Grading Requirements for Bedding Sand
ASTM C 33
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8 in.(9.5 mm) 100
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95 to 100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 85 to 100
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50 to 85
No. 30 (0.600 mm) 25 to 60
No. 50 (0.300 mm) 10 to 30
No. 100 (0.150 mm) 2 to 10
No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 to 1
SECTION 32-14-13.16 – HARSTONE PAVER
321413-5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
Note: Coarser sand than that specified in Table 2 below may be used for joint sand including C 33 material as shown in
Table 1. Use material where the largest sieve size easily enters the smallest joints. For example, if the smallest slab
joints are 2 mm wide, use sand 2 mm and smaller in particle size. If C 33 sand is used for joint sand, extra effort may
be required in sweeping material and compacting the slabs order to completely fill the joints.
6. Joint Sand Material Requirements: Conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 144 as shown with
modifications in Table 2 below:
Table 2
Grading Requirements for Joint Sand
ASTM C 144 ASTM C 144
Natural Sand Manufactured Sand
Sieve Size Percent Passing Percent Passing
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 95 to 100 95 to 100
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 70 to 100 70 to 100
No. 30 (0.600 mm) 40 to 75 40 to 100
No. 50 (0.300 mm) 10 to 35 20 to 40
No. 100 (0.150 mm) 2 to 15 10 to 25
No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 to 1 0 to 10
Note: Specify specific components of a system, manufactured unit or type of equipment. See ICPI Tech Spec 3, Edge
Restraints for Interlocking Concrete Pavements for guidance on selection and design of edge restraints.
2.04 EDGE RESTRAINTS
A. Provide edge restraints installed around the perimeter of all interlocking concrete paving unit areas as
follows:
1. Material: Concrete
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide accessory materials as follows:
1. Geotextile:
a. Manufacturer: USA Fabrics, US 200 or equal
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS
A. 5 years minimum experience on similar jobs
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Acceptance of Site Verification of Conditions:
1. General Contractor shall inspect, accept and certify in writing to the slab installation
subcontractor that site conditions meet specifications for the following items prior to installation of concrete
paving slabs.
a. Verify that subgrade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to
specified requirements.
b. Verify that geotextiles, if applicable, have been placed according to drawings and
specifications.
c. Verify that [Aggregate] [Cement-treated] [Asphalt-treated] [Concrete] [Asphalt] base
materials, thickness, [compacted density], surface tolerances and elevations conform to specified
requirements.
d. Provide written density test results for soil subgrade, [aggregate] [cementtreated][asphalt-treated][asphalt] base materials to the Owner, General Contractor and paving slab
installation subcontractor.
e. Verify location, type, and elevations of edge restraints, [concrete collars around] utility
structures, and drainage inlets.
2. Do not proceed with installation of bedding sand and concrete paving slabs until [subgrade soil
and] base conditions are corrected by the General Contractor or designated subcontractor.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Verify base is dry, certified by General Contractor as meeting material, installation and grade
specifications.
B. Verify that base [and geotextile] is ready to support sand, [edge restraints,] and, slabs and imposed loads.
C. Edge Restraint Preparation:
SECTION 32-14-13.16 – HARSTONE PAVER
321413-5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1. Install edge restraints per the drawings [and manufacturer’s recommendations] [at the indicated
elevations].
Note: Retain the following two subparagraphs if specifying edge restraints that are staked into the base with
spikes.
2. Mount directly to finished base. Do not install on bedding sand.
3. The minimum distance from the outside edge of the base to the spikes shall be equal to the
thickness of the base.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Spread bedding sand evenly over the base course and screed to a nominal 1 in. (25 mm) thickness, not
exceeding 11/2 in. (40 mm) thickness. Spread bedding sand evenly over the base course and screed rails, using the rails
and/or edge restraints to produce a nominal 1 in. (25 mm) thickness, allowing for specified variation in the base
surface.
1. Do not disturb screeded sand.
2. Screeded area shall not substantially exceed that which is covered by slabs in one day.
3. Do not use bedding sand to fill depressions in the base surface.
Note: When initially placed on the bedding sand, manually installed slabs often touch each other, or their spacer bars if
present. Joint widths and lines (bond lines) are straightened and aligned to specifications with rubber hammers and pry
bars as paving proceeds.
B. Lay slabs in pattern(s) shown on drawings. Place units hand tight without using hammers. Make horizontal
adjustments to placement of laid slabs with rubber hammers as required.
Note: Contact manufacturer of concrete paving slabs for recommended joint widths.
C. Provide joints between slabs of [1/16 in. and 3/16 in. (2 and 5 mm)] wide. No more than 5% of the joints
shall exceed [1/4 in. (6 mm)] wide to achieve straight bond lines.
D. Joint (bond) lines shall not deviate more than ±1/2 in. (±15 mm) over 50 ft. (15 m) from string lines.
E. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut slabs or edge units.
F. Cut slabs to be placed along the edge with a [double blade slab splitter or] masonry saw. Cut units shall be
no smaller than [1/3 of a whole slab]. Note. Specify requirements for edge treatment in paragraph below.
G. [Adjust bond pattern at pavement edges such that cutting of edge slabs is minimized. Do not exposed cut
slabs to vehicular traffic.] [Cut slabs at edges as indicated on the drawings.]
H. Keep skid steer and forklift equipment off newly laid slabs that have not received initial compaction and
joint sand.
I. After an area is completely paved, compact the units into the sand with a mechanical plate vibrator using
rollers or a neoprene pad.
J. Use a low-amplitude plate compactor capable of at least minimum of 4,000 lbf (18 kN) at US-slabs on agg
base.doc 9 a frequency of 75 to 100 Hz. Remove any cracked or damaged slabs and replace with new units.
K. Simultaneously spread, sweep and compact dry joint sand into joints continuously until full. This will
require at least 4 to 6 passes with a plate compactor. Do not compact within 6 ft (2 m) of unrestrained edges of paving
units.
L. All work within 6 ft. (2 m) of the laying face must shall be left fully compacted with sandfilled joints at the
end of each day or compacted upon acceptance of the work. Cover the laying face or any incomplete areas with plastic
sheets overnight if not closed with cut and compacted slabs with joint sand to prevent exposed bedding sand from
becoming saturated from rainfall.
M. Remove excess sand from surface when installation is complete. Note: Excess joint sand can remain on
surface of slabs to aid in protecting their surface especially when additional construction occurs after their installation.
If this is the case, delete the article above and use the article below. Designate person responsible for directing timing
of removal of excess joint sand.
N. Allow excess joint sand to remain on surface to protect slabs from damage from other trades. Remove
excess sand when directed by [Architect].
O. Surface shall be broom clean after removal of excess joint sand.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Note: Surface tolerances on flat slopes should be measured with a rigid straightedge. Tolerances on complex contoured
slopes should be measured with a flexible straightedge capable of conforming to the complex curves on the pavement
surface.
A. 3/8 in. (±10 mm) under a 10 ft (3 m) straightedge.
B. Check final surface elevations for conformance to drawings.
Note: For installations on a compacted aggregate base and soil subgrade, the top surface of the slabs may be 1/8 to 1/4
in. (3 to 6 mm) above the final elevations after compaction. This helps compensate for possible minor settling normal
to pavements.
SECTION 32-14-13.16 – HARSTONE PAVER
321413-5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
C. The surface elevation of slabs shall be 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. (3 to 6 mm) above adjacent drainage inlets,
concrete collars or channels.
D. Lippage: No greater than 1/8 in. (3 mm) difference in height between adjacent slabs.
Note: Cleaning and sealing may be required for some applications. See ICPI Tech Spec 5, Cleaning and Sealing
Interlocking Concrete Pavements for guidance on when to clean and seal the slab surfaces, and when to stabilize joint
sand. Delete article below if cleaners, sealers, and or joint sand stabilizers are not applied.
3.06 [CLEANING] [SEALING] [JOINT SAND STABILIZATION]
A. [Clean] [Seal] [Apply joint sand stabilization materials between] concrete slabs in accordance with the
manufacturer’s written recommendations.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. After work in this section is complete, the General Contractor shall be responsible for protecting work
from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 32-14-13.16 – HARSTONE PAVER
321413-5
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
SECTION 329200 - LAWNS AND GRASSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
SCOPE OF WORK:
The work in this section consists of seeding of grass in all areas of the site that are not paved, built upon
or planted in another fashion.
The work in this section includes all labor, materials and equipment necessary to furnish, install and
maintain turf grass areas as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. Provide specific guarantees,
including required replacement work.
Soil Amendment: The Architect shall be furnished with duplicate copies of invoices for all soil amendments used in this project. All products shall be delivered to the site in manufacturer's standard containers showing weight, analysis, name of manufacturer and warranty. A summary of this product information shall be appended to the invoice. Each lot shall be subject to sampling and testing at the discretion
of the Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS FOR SEEDING:
Commercial dry fertilizers used shall be complete fertilizers. High phosphorous fertilizers (e.g. 12-24-12,
18-24--6) are to be used in the establishment of new turf grass areas. Such fertilizers shall be granular in
texture and of a controlled release (UF, IBDU, SCU) type.
Sod: Sod shall be 100% Turf Type Fescue blend of three different varieties.
Seed: All seed used shall be of current year's seed harvest. All seed shall be uniformly placed on finegraded soil using hydro-seeding equipment, at the rates below.
Seed Mix: Seed shall be a blend of Turf Type Tall Fescue with perennial and annual rye:
Provide a minimum of two types of Turf Type Fescue from the following list with Falcon II, Houndog 5,
Finelawn Petite, Crossfire II.
Provide either Calypso II or Manhattan II type of Perennial Ryegrass.
Percent by Weight
Turf Type Tall Fescue
Perennial Ryegrass
Annual Ryegrass
70
20
10
Apply mix at a rate of 8 lbs./1000 sq. ft., fertilize with 3 lbs. each of nitrogen, phosphate and potash per 1000 sq. ft.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Lawns and Grasses
329200 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University – Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, KY
1.1
HYDROSEEDING NEW LAWNS
SEED BED PREPARATION:
Lawn Area Fill: Prior to shaping and grading, the Contractor shall have lawn areas filled to 1" below
walk grades.
Shaping and Grading: Shaping and finish grading shall be done and approved by the Architect prior to
any seed bed preparation. This shall include raking and filling low areas with topsoil.
Grass Seed Bed Preparation: Clear the area to be planted completely of all vegetation and debris in excess of 1" in diameter and remove from site. Loosen soil to depth of 4" by manual or mechanical means
and spread fertilizer evenly over this area at a rate of 2 lbs. nitrogen per 1000 sq. ft. Hand rake fertilizer
into soil and smooth entire tract to receive lawn, filling low or uneven areas with topsoil. All areas shall
be free of weeds before any lawn is installed.
Mulching:
All seeded areas shall be hydromulched. Hydromulch material shall be a natural wood fiber, applied at a
rate of 50 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft. of area. Mulch shall have a minimum of 30 percent or more of fibers having a length of 3-7/10 millimeters or longer and 50 percent or more fibers remaining on a Clark classifier
24 mesh screen, or equal. Water shall be applied at a rate of 150 gallons per 1000 sq. ft. of area.
PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF GRASS AREAS:
Maintenance of grass areas shall consist of watering, weeding, cutting, repair of all erosion and reseeding
as necessary to establish a uniform stand of the specified grasses. After the seeded grass has started, all of
the areas greater than 8" square, which fail to show a uniform stand of grass for any reason, whatsoever,
shall be reseeded until all areas are covered with a satisfactory growth of grass.
When newly seeded grass reaches a height of 4", cut back to 3" in height and repeat same procedure for
subsequent cuttings. After the second cutting, top dress with specified fertilizer at a rate of 1/2 pound of
elemental nitrogen from fertilizer per 1000 sq. ft. All subsequent mowings shall be done when the grass
reaches a height of 3" with a removal of 1".
Special watering requirements
The contractor shall water the entire area for 3 months after planting grasses. Applying 1/4” of water
soaking in to a 1” depth, 3 times per week.
Above maintenance shall begin immediately after planting of grasses and shall continue for 90 days after
final acceptance or project closeout, which ever is longer.
END OF SECTION 329200
Lawns and Grasses
329200 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
SECTION 334000 - STORM DRAINAGE
PART 2 - GENERAL
2.01
A.
SUMMARY
Work under this section shall consist of providing all labor, plant facilities, materials, tools,
equipment, shop drawings and supervision necessary and required to install all of the storm
drainage facilities, including piping, fittings, structures, bedding, and backfilling, as specified in
accordance with the contract documents.
2.02
A.
REFERENCED SECTIONS
Section 339000 – Trench Excavation and Backfill
2.03
A.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. A185 – Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
2. A615 – Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
3. A760 – Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for Sewers and Drains
4. A798 – Installation of Corrugated-Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications
5. A929 – Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe
6. C76 – Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe
7. C443 – Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets
8. C478 – Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
9. C913 – Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures
10. C1479 – Installation of Reinforced Concrete Pipe
11. C990-01A – Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed
Flexible Joint Sealants
12. D1056 – Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber
13. D2321 – Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewer/Gravity-Flow Applications
14. D3034 – Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
15. D3212 – Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Elastomeric Seals
16. F477 – Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe
17. F794 – Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter
18. F949 – Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe With a Smooth Interior and
Fittings
19. F2418 – Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Wall Stormwater Collection Chambers
B.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
1. M36 – Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for Sewers and Drains
2. M198 – Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight
Gaskets
3. M252 – Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing
4. M274 – Aluminum-Coated (Type 2), for Corrugated Steel Pipe
5. M288 – Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications
6. M294 – Corrugated Polyehtylene Pipe.
7. M36 – Metallic Coated Corrugated Steel Culverts and Underdrains
8. M43 – Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction
9. M190 – Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches
10. M199 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
11. AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications Sections 3 & 12
Palmer Engineering
STORM DRAINAGE
Project No. 11043.04
334000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
C.
D.
2.04
A.
B.
March 6, 2015
American Water Works Association (AWWA)
1. C110 – Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in through 48 in (75 mm through 1200 mm),
for Water and Other Liquids (revision of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-93)
2. C111 – Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
3. C151 – Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water
American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. 301 – Structural Concrete for Buildings, Specifications for
2. 318 –Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Accurately record as-built locations of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, top
elevations and invert elevations.
Identify and describe unexpected variations of subsurface conditions and location of any utilities
encountered.
2.05
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
All costs related to reinspection due to failures shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional
expense to the Owner. Owner reserves the right to direct any inspection that is deemed
necessary. Contractor shall provide free access to site for inspection activities.
2.06
A.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Removal/Relocation of Existing Utilities: The contractor shall be responsible for removal and/or
relocation of existing utilities, whether shown or not shown on the drawings, at locations where
conflicts occur with proposed storm drainage improvements at no additional cost to the owner.
PART 3 - PRODUCTS
3.01
A.
B.
PIPES, CHAMBERS AND FITTINGS
Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP)
1. ASTM C76, Class III unless otherwise noted on drawings; and,
2. Butyl mastic sealant shall meet the requirements of ASTM C990-01a for silt-tight
designations or rubber gaskets meeting the material and joint configuration requirements of
ASTM C443 for watertight designations.
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Smooth Interior
1. Pipe and fittings shall conform to AASHTO M252 and M294;
2. Rubber gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477 with joints conforming to
AASHTO M294, silt-tight or watertight designations;
3. Maximum permitted diameter of 48 inches ; and,
4. Approved pipe manufactures:
Advance Drainage Systems, Inc.
3300 Riverside Drive
Columbus, Ohio 43221
(614) 457-3051
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
Hancor, Inc.
401 Olive Street
Findlay, OH
45840
(888) 367-7473
“Type S Lok-Tite”
Pipe
Lane Enterprises, Inc.
3905 Hartzdale Drive
Suite 514
Camp Hill, PA
17011
(717) 761-8175
Quality Culvert, Inc.
25726 County Road
561
Astatula, FL 34750
(800) 881-1100
STORM DRAINAGE
334000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.02
A.
B.
C.
D.
3.03
A.
B.
3.04
A.
B.
March 6, 2015
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC), 12” or less only,
1. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR 35; and,
2. Rubber gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477 with joints conforming to ASTM
D3212.
Corrugated Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
1. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM F949 and F794;
2. Rubber gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477 with joints conforming to ASTM
D3212; and,
3. Approved Manufacture: Contech “A2000”, 1001 Grove Street, Middletown, OH 45044,
(336) 854-2177.
Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP)
1. Pipe shall meet the requirements of AWWA C151; and,
2. Fittings shall meet the requirements of AWWA C110 with rubber gaskets conforming to
AWWA C111.
Subdrains
1. Shall be perforated PVC or HDPE; and,
2. Installation shall be in accordance with the details and at the locations shown on the
drawings.
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, DROP INLETS, CATCH BASINS, MANHOLES AND
JUNCTION BOXES (All structures shall be precast unless otherwise approved by the Owner)
Structures:
1. Precast Concrete Drainage Structures;
a. Heavy-duty traffic rated (H20) conforming to ASTM C478 or ASTM C913.
2. Cast In-Place Concrete Drainage Structures;
a. Heavy-duty traffic rated in accordance with Department of Transportation Standards.
Cast Iron Frames, Hoods, and Grates per details shown on drawings. If available provide hood
with stencil or casting “Dump no waste – drains to waterways” or equal. Provide local casting if
required. Provide 6 inch thick rectangular concrete apron, with 18 inch minimum width
measured from the edge of structure frame to the end of concrete apron, around all structure
frames in asphalt pavement areas. Provide saw cuts from each corner of the concrete apron to the
frame of structure.
Steps
1. Shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M199 for design, materials, and dimensions;
2. Built into the walls of all structures over 3 feet 6 inches in height; and,
3. Steps shall be 16 inches on center with lowest step being no more than 16 inches from the
bottom.
Reinforcement
1. Deformed reinforcing bars, grade 40 or 60, meeting the requirements of ASTM A615; and,
2. Wire fabric meeting the requirements of ASTM A185.
CLEANOUTS & PLUGS
Installation shall be in accordance with the details and at locations shown on the drawings.
All Cleanouts shall have a 2’ x 2’ x 6” thick concrete apron.
MISCELLANEOUS
Headwall: Construction shall be in accordance with details shown on drawings.
Stone Rip-Rap: Meeting State DOT specifications, and unless noted otherwise on drawings, shall
have a median stone size of 6 inches. All rip-rap shall be installed over a medium weight nonwoven geotextile fabric.
Palmer Engineering
STORM DRAINAGE
Project No. 11043.04
334000 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
C.
D.
March 6, 2015
Concrete Lined Channels: Construction shall be in accordance with details shown on drawings
and concrete shall be in accordance with Article 2.06 of this section.
Flared-End Sections: Meeting State DOT specifications unless otherwise noted on drawings.
3.05
A.
BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL
Where the foundation material is found to be of poor supporting value or of rock, the Owner may
make minor adjustments in the location of the pipe to provide a more suitable foundation. Where
this is not practical, the foundation shall be conditioned by removing the existing foundation
material by undercutting to the depth as directed by the geotechnical engineer and backfilling
with either a suitable local material secured from unclassified excavation or borrow excavation at
the nearest accessible location along the project, or foundation conditioning material consisting of
crushed stone or gravel or a combination of sand and crushed stone or gravel approved by
geotechnical engineer as being suitable for the purpose intended. The selection of the type of
backfill material to be used for foundation conditioning will be made by the geotechnical
engineer.
3.06
A.
CONCRETE
No concrete or masonry shall be placed when the temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, or
when indications are for lower temperatures within 24 hours, unless protection of concrete and
masonry is approved by the Owner. Damage to the structure because of freezing shall be
corrected by the Contractor at his own expense, to the satisfaction of the Owner.
Concrete shall conform to ACI 301 and applicable referenced specifications and shall have a 28
day compressive strength of 4,000 psi.
B.
PART 4 - EXECUTION
4.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
GENERAL
The Contractor shall install all drainage structures, pipe and chambers in the locations shown on
the drawings and/or as approved by the Owner. Pipe shall be of the type and sizes specified on
the drawings and shall be laid accurately to line and grade. Structures shall be accurately located
and properly oriented.
Excavation and Backfill – The provisions in Section 339000, Trench Excavation and Backfill
shall govern all work under this Section.
Storage and Handling of Pipe – All pipe shall be protected against impact, shock and free fall,
and only equipment of sufficient capacity and proper design shall be used in the handling of the
pipe. Storage of pipe on the job shall be in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Damage to Pipe
1. Pipe which are defective from any cause, including damage caused by handling, and
determined by the Owner as unrepairable, shall be unacceptable for installation and shall be
replaced at no cost to the Owner and as directed by the Owner; and,
2. Pipe that are damaged or disturbed through any cause prior to acceptance of the work, shall
be repaired realigned or replaced as directed by the Owner, at the Contractor’s expense.
Manholes, catch basins and drain inlets shall be constructed as soon as the pipe laying reaches the
location of the structures. Should the Contractor continue his pipe laying without making
provisions for completion of the structures, the Owner shall have the authority to stop the pipe
laying operations until the structure is completed.
Any structure, which is mislocated or oriented improperly, shall be removed and re-built in its
proper location, alignment and orientation at the Contractor’s expense.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
STORM DRAINAGE
334000 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
4.02
A.
BEDDING
Bedding material shall be as specified by trenching and bedding details as shown on drawings.
4.03
A.
B.
PIPE AND CHAMBER INSTALLATION
Comply with Section 339000, Trench Excavation and Backfill
Laying Pipe
1. Unloading and Handling: All pipes shall be unloaded and handled with reasonable care.
Pipes shall not be rolled or dragged over gravel or rock during handling. The Contractor shall
take necessary precautions to ensure the method used in lifting or placing the pipe does not
induce stress fatigue in the pipe or chamber and the lifting device used uniformly distributes
the weight of the pipe along its axis or circumference;
2. Each length of pipe shall be inspected for defects and cracks before carefully lowered into the
trench. Any damaged or any pipe that has had its grade disturbed after laying shall be
removed and replaced. Bituminous coated pipe shall be handled with special care and repair
of damaged coating shall conform with AASHTO M190;
3. Lay pipe on prepared foundation starting at the downgrade end according to line and grade
with the necessary drainage structures, fittings, bends and appurtenances as shown on the
drawings. Pipes with bell/spigot connections shall be laid with the bell or groove ends
upgrade with the spigot or tongue fully inserted. Lap joint pipes shall be laid with the inside
circumferential laps pointing downstream and with the longitudinal laps at the side or quarter
points. Reinforced concrete pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C1479. HDPE
pipes shall be installed in accordance with pipe manufacture’s installation guidelines for
heavy duty drainage applications and ASTM D2321; and,
4. Pipe sections shall be firmly joined together with appropriate gaskets or bands.
4.04
A.
DROP INLET, CATCH BASIN, MANHOLE, AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION
Precast Drainage Structures
1. Structure units shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions to form
a sound structural unit.
Cast in Place Drainage Structures
1. Structures shall be installed in accordance with the details or referenced specifications shown
on the drawings; and
2. Concrete shall comply with requirements of Article 2.06 of this section.
Fittings and Connections
1. Pipe connections shall be made so that the pipe does not project 3 inches beyond the inside
wall of the drainage structure, and shall be grouted as necessary to make smooth and uniform
surfaces on the inside of the structure. Boxes to have bottoms filled with concrete to provide
a bench between pipe inverts.
Frames, Grates and Hoods
1. Shall be set to grade in accordance with the drawings;
2. Firmly embedded in mortar approximately 1 inch thick and aligned to fit the top section of
the structure; and,
3. Brick set in mortar used to adjust the frame to finished grade shall be limited to no more than
four courses for precast structures and have a minimum wall thickness of 8 inches.
Interface with Existing Facilities
1. Compliance with Facility Owner Requirements: Connections made into existing drainage
facilities shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Owner of the facility.
The Contractor will be required to comply with all such requirements, including securing of
all required permits, and paying the costs thereof. The cost of making the connections in
B.
C.
D.
E.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
STORM DRAINAGE
334000 - 5
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
accordance with the requirements of the Owner of the existing facility shall be included in the
Contract Sum; and,
2. Requirements: The Contractor shall make all required connections of the proposed drainage
facilities into existing drainage facilities, where and as shown on the Drawings and/or as
approved by the Owner.
4.05
A.
CONSTRUCTION WITHIN THE PUBLIC R.O.W.
Construction within the public right-of-way shall conform to all requirements of the regulatory
authority having jurisdiction.
4.06
A.
MODIFICATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURES
General: The Contractor shall alter, reconstruct and/or convert existing structures where and as
shown on the drawings, and/or as approved by the Owner. In general, alterations shall be
performed with the same type of material used in the original construction unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings or approved by the Owner.
Damage to Existing Installations: The Contractor shall exercise extreme care during such
alteration, reconstruction and/or conversions so as not to damage any portions of the structure
and/or pipe shown to remain. Any such damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own
expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
B.
4.07
A.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318 and ACI 350R.
4.08
A.
PROTECTION AND CLEANING
The Contractor shall maintain all pipe and chamber installations and drainage structures in a
condition such that they will function continuously and shall be kept clean of silt, debris and other
foreign matter until the project is accepted.
The Contractor shall use the erosion control and sedimentation prevention techniques necessary
to ensure that construction sediments do not reach the stormwater chamber system.
B.
4.09
A.
FINAL INSPECTION
Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance by the Owner, the entire drainage
system shall be subject to a final inspection in the presence of the Owner and/or Site Engineer.
The work shall not be considered as complete until all requirements for line, grade, cleanliness,
and workmanship have been completed.
END OF SECTION 334000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
STORM DRAINAGE
334000 - 6
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
SECTION 339000 - TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
B.
SUMMARY
Work under this section shall include, but not be limited to excavating trenches for the installation of
storm drains and utilities, backfilling trench with bedding material as specified and finish filling
trenches with suitable material to proposed subgrade, compacting subgrade, bedding, and backfill
materials, and compliance with all environmental and health and safety regulations.
This work shall include all labor and materials and equipment necessary to meet all applicable
requirements as specified in the contract documents.
1.02
A.
B.
REFERENCED SECTIONS
Section 310000 - Earthwork
Section 334000 - Storm Drainage
1.03
A.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Latest Edition
1. D 422
Method for Particle Size Analysis
2. D 698
Test of Moisture Density Relations of Soils - Standard Proctor Method
3. D 1557
Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using 10-lb. (4.5 Kg)
Hammer and 18-inch (457 mm) Drop (Modified Proctor)
4. D 2216
Laboratory Determination of Moisture Content of Soil
5. D 2321
Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewer/Gravity-Flow Applications
6. D 2922
Tests for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow
Depth)
7. D 3017
Test for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods
(Shallow Depth)
8. D 4318
Test for Plastic Limit, Liquid Limit, & Plasticity Index of Soils
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) latest edition
1. T 88
Mechanical Analysis of Soils
2. M 43
Standard Sizes of Coarse Aggregate for Highway
National Electric Code
1. NEC 300-5
2. NEC 710-36
B.
C.
1.04
A.
B.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Accurately record actual locations of all subsurface utilities, structures and obstructions encountered.
Accurately record any as-built variation from the construction drawings and specifications. The
Contractor shall provide as-built drawings within 30 days of project completion.
1.05
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A geotechnical engineer, selected and paid by the Owner, shall be retained to perform construction
inspection and testing on backfilling operations as stated herein. This inspection will not relieve the
Contractor from his responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the drawings and
specifications.
1.06
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
339000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
A.
Removal/Relocation of Existing Utilities: The contractor shall be responsible for removal and/or
relocation of existing utilities, whether shown or not shown on the drawings, at locations where
conflicts occur with proposed utility improvements at no additional cost to the owner.
1.07
A.
SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall contact all utility companies and identify any requirements. Contractor shall
provide written confirmation of the status of all utility construction to the Owner at the time of the
preconstruction conference or no later than 30 days following the project possession date.
Submit a sample of each type of offsite fill and/or bedding material that is to be used in backfilling in
accordance with Section 310000 - Earthwork.
B.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
B.
MATERIALS
Backfill material shall be as specified on trenching and bedding details and approved by the Owner
and/or the geotechnical engineer.
Bedding Material: Bedding material shall be as specified on trenching and bedding details and/or
shall conform to local code. If a conflict exists the more stringent shall apply.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
3.02
A.
PREPARATION
Set all lines, elevations, and grades for utility and drainage system work and maintain for the duration
of work. Provide careful maintenance of benchmarks, property corners, monuments, or other
reference points.
Protect and maintain in operating condition, existing utilities encountered during utility installation.
Repair any damage to surface or subsurface improvements shown on Drawings.
Verify location, size, elevation, and other pertinent data required to make connections between
existing utilities, drainage systems, and proposed construction indicated on Drawings. Coordinate all
building utility connection locations and elevations with architectural drawings. Contractor shall
comply with all local codes and regulations.
Install dewatering systems that will be required to construct the proposed utilities to the design
elevations. Water pumped out of excavations shall be disposed of on-site, and will not be discharged
directly to the municipal storm drainage system or surface waters.
Where the foundation material is found to be of poor supporting value or of rock, the Owner’s
engineer may make minor adjustments in the location of the pipe to provide a more suitable
foundation. Where this is not practical, the foundation shall be conditioned by removing the existing
foundation material by undercutting to the depth as directed by the geotechnical engineer and
backfilling with either a suitable local material secured from unclassified excavation or borrow
excavation at the nearest accessible location along the project, or foundation conditioning material
consisting of crushed stone or gravel or a combination of sand and crushed stone or gravel approved
by geotechnical engineer as being suitable for the purpose intended. The selection of the type of
backfill material to be used for foundation conditioning will be made by the geotechnical engineer.
TRENCH EXCAVATION
Contact regulatory authorities having jurisdiction and utility companies before excavation begins.
Dig trenches at proper width and depth for laying pipe, conduit, or cable and in accordance with
utility company and/or manufacturer requirements. Cut trench banks for safety and remove stones as
necessary to avoid point-bearing.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
339000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
3.03
A.
B.
March 6, 2015
All trench excavation side walls shall be sloped, shored, sheeted, braced or otherwise supported by
means of sufficient strength to protect the workmen within them in accordance with the applicable
rules and regulations established for construction by the Department of Labor, Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA), and by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, codes and
ordinances.
All trench width requirements for pipe, conduit, or cable shall be the minimum practical width that
will allow for proper compaction of trench backfill, complying with trenching and bedding details,
and satisfy all safety utility company regulations.
Provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe at every point along the entire length,
except where necessary to excavate for bell holes, pipe joints, or other required connections. Dig bell
holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Dig no deeper, longer, or wider
than needed to make the joint connection properly.
During excavation, stockpile excavated material suitable for backfilling in an orderly manner far
enough from the trench to avoid overloading and slides.
Remove excavated materials from the site which are not suitable for backfill.
Any abandoned structures utilities or debris discovered during excavation shall be removed and
disposed of, or capped.
Utility alignments have been designed to avoid expected obstructions wherever possible. If
unanticipated significant obstructions are encountered during utility installation work immediately
notify the Owner.
Prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations by temporary grading or other
methods, as necessary. Remove accumulated water in trenches or other excavations by pumping or
other acceptable methods. Discharge water only to approved sediment control BMPs.
Utility installation shall meet the following minimum pipe installation depths, or applicable codes
and ordinances, measured from finished grade.
1. Water Mains: 36 inches to top of pipe barrel or as specified on the plans;
2. Sanitary Sewer: Elevations and grades as indicated on drawings (36 inches minimum);
3. Storm Sewer: Elevations and grades as shown on drawings (24 inches minimum);
TRENCH ROCK EXCAVATION
Trench Rock Excavation and Blasting – The encountering and removal of rock as defined herein this
section will be paid as part of the corresponding utility items unless stated elsewhere in the contract
documents.
1. Rock Required Removal Lines: In utility trenches, 12 inches below invert elevation of pipe and a
minimum of 12 inches wider than the outside surface of any pipe or conduit that is to be
installed.
Blasting Requirements:
1. Blasting shall not be permitted on this project.
3.04
A.
LATERALS
All utilities intended to connect to services within any building will be extended to within 5 feet of
the building limits in the direction and at elevations to connect at those geometrical locations
indicated or inferred on the drawings. All utility ends will be plugged and marked by a 2 inch x 4
inch piece of wood extending from the utility invert to 4 feet above final grade.
3.05
PIPE BEDDING
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
339000 - 3
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
A.
B.
C.
3.06
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
March 6, 2015
Accurately cut trenches for pipe or conduit to designated line and grade 4 inches below the bottom of
the pipe, to width as specified previously.
Over excavate wet or unstable soil, if encountered, from trench bottom as necessary to provide a
suitable base for continuous and trench bottom. Compact trench bottoms a minimum of 98% of the
maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698, Standard Proctor Test.
Place bedding material as specified on trenching and bedding details as shown on drawings.
BACKFILLING
The fill around the pipe shall be placed and compacted in accordance with the trenching and bedding
details shown on the drawings, and shall be placed in layers not to exceed 8 inches loose and
dependent on the compaction equipment available. The geotechnical engineer shall approve all
backfill material. Select material shall be used as specified by trenching and bedding details and
where required by the geotechnical engineer.
Care shall be taken during backfill and compaction operations to maintain alignment and prevent
damage to the joints. The backfill shall be kept free from stones, frozen lumps, chunks of highly
plastic clay, or other objectionable material.
All pipe backfill areas shall be graded and maintained in such a condition that erosion or saturation
will not damage the pipe bed or backfill.
Heavy equipment shall not be operated over any pipe until it has been properly backfilled with a
minimum 2 feet of cover. Where any part of the required cover is above the proposed finish grade,
the Contractor shall place, maintain, and finally remove such material at no cost to the Owner. Pipe
which becomes misaligned, shows excessive settlement, or has been otherwise damaged by the
Contractor's operations shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous,
wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. Should these conditions exist, the areas should be removed,
replaced and recompacted as per Section 310000, Earthwork.
END OF SECTION 339000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
339000 - 4
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
SECTION 343000 –TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
INTENT
During any time the normal function of a roadway is suspended, temporary traffic control planning
must provide for continuity of function: movement of traffic, pedestrians, access to property/utilities,
etc. Effective temporary traffic control must provide for the safety of workers, road users, and
pedestrians. It is essential that concern for traffic safety, worker safety and efficiency of traffic
movement form an integral element of every temporary traffic control zone, from planning through
completion of work activity.
1.02
A.
SUMMARY
Work under this section shall consist of the planning for and the implementation of maintenance and
protection of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic during construction. Maintenance and protection of
traffic includes furnishing, assembling, placing and relocating traffic control devices, including
temporary pavement striping and markings, and removing all devices when they are no longer
required. All traffic control shall be in accordance with the latest MUTCD.
1.03
A.
REFERENCED SECTIONS
Section 321010 – Pavement Markings and Removal
1.04
A.
B.
REFERENCE STANDARDS
Standard Specifications of the State Department of Transportation.
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), Part VI Standards and Guides for Traffic
Control for Streets and Highway Construction, Maintenance Utility and Incident Management
Operation, latest edition.
1.05
A.
SUBMITTALS
If a traffic control drawing has been included in the drawings by the engineer, it shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility to review the drawing prior to implementation. Any proposed changes to
the drawing shall be submitted for approval. The proposal submitted by the Contractor shall be
thoroughly planned and scheduled, and any potentially unsafe condition shall be minimized such that
motorists, pedestrians and workers are protected at all times. The proposal shall be approved before
the Contractor begins work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIAL
Contractor shall provide all materials necessary to perform the work including but not limited to:
Breakaway Barricades, Construction Signs, Reflectorized Drums, Floodlights for Nighttime
Operations, Illuminated Flashing Arrows/Warning Lights, Pre-cast Concrete Construction Barrier,
Traffic Cones, Traffic Directors, Flaggers, Variable Message Signs, Temporary Crash Cushions or
Sand Barrel Impact Attenuating Devices, Traffic Control Trucks with Mounted Crash Cushions,
Temporary Traffic Marking Tape or Paint, or any other markings required or specified by the
regulatory authority having jurisdiction.
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRAFFIC CONTROL
343000 - 1
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
3.02
GENERAL
Traffic control devices must be in good condition. Traffic control devices, other than those shown on
the drawings shall conform to the MUTCD and authorities having jurisdiction.
Prior to beginning construction, traffic control devices shall be in place. Traffic control devices shall
be kept clean and maintained in good condition until no longer required for the project, at which time
they shall be removed from the project area.
When the construction involves improvement of an existing roadway, the roadway shall be kept open
to traffic unless otherwise approved or shown on the drawings.
The portion of the roadway that is opened to traffic shall adequately accommodate the vehicular
traffic. Temporary approaches, crossings, intersections and access to roadways, businesses,
residences, parking lots, schools, police and fire stations, hydrants, hospitals, dumpsters, mailboxes,
etc., shall be provided and maintained in a safe condition, and if necessary, signs shall be provided.
Any damage to the newly constructed or existing pavements within the limit of the project or
adjacent to the project that was caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired at the
Contractor’s expense.
Any restriction of required traffic lane widths or diversion of traffic at any time is subject to approval
of authorities having jurisdiction.
Except as necessary during the actual working hour as approved, equipment, materials, personnel or
vehicles shall not occupy any travel way, shoulder, median or sidewalk area within 30 feet of the
project limit that is open to traffic.
Work which closes or alters the use of existing roadways shall not be undertaken until adequate
temporary or permanent provisions for traffic control have been approved and installed.
Where it is necessary for pedestrians to cross or walk within the limits of the project, temporary
sidewalks and/or handicapped ramps shall be provided, maintained, and removed.
The Contractor shall perform daily inspections, including weekends and holidays, including
inspections at night, and take all corrective action to ensure compliance with the traffic control plan
and other approved standards. The duties shall include, but shall not be limited to, the responsibility
for ensuring the following:
1. Setup and removal of all traffic control devices in accordance with the contract documents;
2. Correction of deficiencies of traffic control devices within 2 hours of discovery or notification by
the engineer;
3. Repositioning traffic control devices displaced by traffic or construction equipment;
4. Covering or uncovering any conflicting signs or signals as appropriate;
5. Repairing or replacing damaged traffic control devices;
6. Replacing batteries, light bulbs, control panels, and other electrical components;
7. Keeping all traffic control devices clean;
8. Adding fuel and oil to power units for traffic control devices;
9. Properly storing and packing equipment and vehicles so as not to create a traffic hazard;
10. Properly storing traffic control devices when not in use; and,
11. Eliminating, covering, or protecting all excavations or drop-offs greater than 2 inches deep or
sloped with a 6:1 escape ramp with densely graded aggregate base course during non-working
periods, or as required by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction.
NIGHTTIME OPERATION
All operations that are performed during the non-daylight hours shall be properly illuminated to allow
for the complete performance and inspection of the work. Lighting systems shall be positioned such
that they do not cause glare to drivers or any nearby homes. When necessary, the lighting systems
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRAFFIC CONTROL
343000 - 2
Eastern Kentucky University Lancaster Pedestrian Gate
Richmond, Kentucky
March 6, 2015
shall include screening to minimize glare. When required, all lighting plans shall be approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.03
A.
DETOURS AND LANE CLOSURES
Approval and consent of the regulating authority having jurisdiction shall first be obtained before
rerouting traffic. All necessary arrangements shall be made with such authorities regarding the
establishment, maintenance, and repair of such detours, the regulation and direction of traffic thereon,
and signing. Adequate directional and detour signs, acceptable to the local authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be furnished and erected at the locations in such sequence where such authorities
may direct, prior to the start of construction.
3.04
A.
TRAFFIC DIRECTORS
Trained flaggers shall wear a fluorescent orange reflectorized garment when controlling traffic.
Trained flaggers shall be equipped with STOP/SLOW paddles, and shall follow the procedures
stipulated for flaggers in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
Police Officers shall be provided, when required. Contact the local municipal police department (48
hours) prior to any operation which necessitates a policed traffic director.
B.
3.05
A.
TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND TAPES
None required
3.06
A.
ADVANCE WARNING SIGNS
The placement of signs shall be adjusted if they create interference in a sidewalk area or driveways,
other existing signs, trees or reduced visibility due to horizontal and vertical curvature of the
roadway.
Upon installing the signs, the signs should be examined at night to determine if specular glare is
apparent, and if so, the sign shall be adjusted/aligned by shimming the sign.
Sign faces shall be so positioned in relation to a line normal to the adjacent edge of traveled way that
the sign face is rotated about its edge, nearest the traveled way, through an angle of 5°, in the
direction of travel.
All sign faces and support surfaces shall be cleaned of all foreign matter.
When blasting operations are within 1,000 feet of a travelway, the Contractor shall provide the
temporary warning signs as required by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction.
B.
C.
D.
E.
END OF SECTION 343000
Palmer Engineering
Project No. 11043.04
TRAFFIC CONTROL
343000 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 260000 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 260001 - MINOR ELECT. DEMO. FOR REMODELING
SECTION 260519 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING
SECTION 260529 - SUPPORTING DEVICES
SECTION 260533 - BOXES
SECTION 260543 - CONDUIT
SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS
SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES
SECTION 265629 - SITE LIGHTING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE NO.
260000-1 THRU 260000-11
260001-1 THRU 260001-2
260519-1 THRU 260519-3
260526-1 THRU 260526-2
260529-1 THRU 260529-2
260533-1 THRU 260533-3
260543-1 THRU 260543-4
262416-1 THRU 262416-5
262726-1 THRU 262726-3
265629-1 THRU 265629-2
TOC - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260000 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide labor, equipment, materials, supplies and components, including
lamps and fuses; and perform all operations including cutting, channeling,
chasing, trenching and backfilling necessary for installation of complete
electrical system.
B. It is not the intent of this section to make any Contractor, other than the
General Contractor alone, the single responsible party to the Owner. All
transactions such as submittal of shop drawings, claims for extra costs,
requests for equipment or materials substitution, shall be done through the
General Contractor. No attempt has been made to arbitrarily assign
responsibility of work, material, equipment or services to a particular trade or
Contractor. Unless stated otherwise, subdivision and assignment of work
shall be General Contractor's responsibility.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General Provisions of Contract, General and Special Conditions, and
General Requirements, apply to this Section.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Minimum standards for all electrical work shall be latest revision of National
Electrical Code (NEC). Whenever and wherever OSHA, NFPA, State
Building Codes, Federal and State laws, regulations and design require
higher standards than the NEC, these laws, regulations, and designs shall be
followed.
B. Electrical inspection on all construction projects is required. The Electrical
Inspection for this Project shall be provided by a STATE Electrical Inspector
from the Kentucky State Fire Marshall's Office and may be ordered by calling
(502) 564-3626. The Contractor shall provide and coordinate all Electrical
Inspections as required by the STATE Electrical Inspector. Notify this
STATE Electrical Inspector in writing immediately upon start of work and
provide a copy of start work notice to the Architect/Engineer. The Owner will
pay for all required inspections.
1. Provide all necessary inspections including both rough and finish work.
Submit copies of all interim inspection reports to the Architect/Engineer
as they occur.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
2. Prior to final acceptance of work and release of final payment, submit to
the Architect/Engineer the certificate of final inspection.
3. Approval from the STATE Electrical Inspector will not be allowed as
reason for deviation from Contract Documents.
C. Obtain all permits required for entire construction of electrical system from
authorities governing such work.
D. All materials shall be new and best of their respective kinds unless otherwise
specified and shall be listed by UL and shall be so labeled. All equipment
shall conform to latest approved standards of I.E.E.E., N.E.M.A., A.N.S.I.,
U.L. and O.S.H.A. See individual specification sections for other specific
requirements.
E. Performance of work shall be in strict accordance with the best common
practices in a thorough, substantial, neat and workman-like manner by
competent, qualified workmen.
1.4
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Contract Documents are intended to cover furnishing and installing of
complete electrical systems including miscellaneous systems, all tested and
ready for operation.
B. Drawings
1. Drawings are schematic and show approximate locations of light fixtures,
devices and equipment. Coordinate and field verify exact locations with
other trades. Obtain A/E approval for significant deviations from drawing
locations and layout.
2. The A/E reserves the right to make minor changes in the locations of
electrical work or equipment prior to roughing-in without additional cost.
3. Examine the Contract Documents and immediately report any error,
discrepancy or omission. The A/E will determine which interpretation
shall take precedence where two or more conflicting statements occur.
Otherwise, the Contractor is responsible for the more stringent
interpretation. In general, schedules where they appear supersede
specifications and specifications supersede plans.
4. Contract Documents are complementary, each to the other, and work
required by either shall be included in the contract as if called for by both.
Contractor shall make use of all data in the Contract Documents and
shall verify this information at the building site. All Drawings on the
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
Contract set are hereby made a part of these Specifications and shall be
consulted by the Contractor and his work adjusted to meet the conditions
shown thereon.
C. Drawings other than electrical drawings, and other sections of this
specification, may show or specify electrically operated equipment and wiring
diagrams. Examine all such drawings and specifications. Determine
characteristics and provide necessary wiring and connections for all such
equipment.
D. Keep electrical record drawings up to date each day. Record drawings will
be reviewed by Architect/Engineer each month with Contractor's pay request
submission.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to the Division 1 sections for general requirements concerning workrelated submittals. For electrical work, the following minimum quantities are
required for each category of submittal, unless greater quantity indicated in
Division 1 requirements or individual work sections (quantity does not include
copies required by governing authorities, or by Contractor for its own
purpose.)
(1)Shop Drawings: 6 sets, including 3 for maintenance manuals.
(2)Warranties (Guarantees): 6 copies, including 3 for maintenance
manuals.
(3)Maintenance Manuals: 3 final copies, including wiring diagrams,
maintenance and operating instructions, parts listings, and copies of
other submittals indicated for inclusion.
B. Each submittal shall have Architect's/Engineer's Project Number,
Specification Section Number, Schedule, Material and Data Submitted,
indicated on its cover sheet. Each submittal sheet shall be marked so
Architect/Engineer may readily determine particular item Contractor
proposes to furnish.
1.6
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Submit to Architect/Engineer prior to substantial completion (6) copies of
complete operating and maintenance instructions for equipment provided
under this Contract. Provide complete parts lists for all new major equipment
items. Refer to Special Conditions for additional requirements concerning
maintenance manuals.
B. Organize each maintenance manual with index and thumb-tab marker for
each section of information; bind in 2", 3-ring, vinyl-covered binder(s) with
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
pockets to contain folded sheets, properly labeled on spine and face of
binder(s) with the following:
EKU - Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Electrical System Operation and Maintenance Data
Name and Address of Architect/Engineer
Name and Address of Consultants/Contractors
C. Index of contents shall include subcontract equipment vendor's names and
addresses.
D. Include Brochures, data, parts lists, warranties, wiring diagrams, and
manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions. Final approved
shop drawings shall be bound separately and submitted with other operating
and maintenance information.
1.7
WARRANTY
A. Contractor shall be responsible for warranting all work, including equipment,
materials, and workmanship provided under this section. Unless indicated
otherwise under specific specification sections, this warranty shall be against
all defects of the above and shall run a minimum period of one (1) year from
date of substantial completion.
B. Defective work, equipment, materials and workmanship that develops within
warranty period, which is not caused by ordinary wear, damage or abuse by
others, shall be replaced or corrected without additional cost to Owner.
1.8
ALTERATIONS AND REMODELING
A. In alteration, extension and remodeling projects, existing conduits shall be
extended, altered, or reconnected as indicated. Where existing conduits
which are indicated to be revised, or which will be essential to the functioning
of particular system, are cut or exposed due to construction changes, new
connections shall be made in the most expeditious manner as directed or
indicated. Where wiring is involved, new wires shall be "pulled in" between
nearest available, accessible, reused outlets. In all cases where new wires
are required, indicated or specified to be installed in existing conduits, if
same cannot be installed, new conduits shall be provided as directed.
Connect all new conduit, wiring, and apparatus to existing systems to
function as complete units.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 4
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
B. All conduits and electrical apparatus, in place and not indicated or specified
to be re-used or which will not be essential to the functioning of various
systems when work is complete, shall be removed and stored where
directed. No old material shall be reinstalled or reused unless otherwise
indicated on drawings or specified. Concealed conduits which are not
indicated or specified to be reused and become exposed due to construction
changes shall be removed to nearest available, accessible, reused outlets.
C. Carefully lay out in advance, and where cutting, channeling, chasing, or
drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is necessary for
proper installation, support, or anchorage of conduit, raceways, or other
electrical work, this work shall be carefully done by dry core drilling and
sawing. Damage to building, piping, or equipment shall be repaired by
skilled mechanics of trades involved at no additional cost to Owner.
D. Electrical and communication service downtime shall be kept to a minimum.
Any necessary utility outages shall be scheduled with the Owner a minimum
of two weeks in advance. Scheduled outages must occur during times in
which the building(s) are normally unoccupied.
E. Unless indicated otherwise, all electrical equipment, lighting fixtures, etc.
which is to be removed and not reinstalled as part of this project, shall
become the property of the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to properly handle and dispose of these items.
1.9
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules to
avoid conflict with work and site conditions.
1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original
packaging with identifying labels intact and legible.
2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved submittals
and that products are properly protected and undamaged.
B. Store products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions with seals and
labels intact. Store and protect materials and equipment delivered to site in
such a manner as to effectively prevent damage from climatic conditions,
condensation, dust, and physical abuse.
1. Store fabricated products above ground on blocking.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 5
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
2. Arrange storage in a manner to provide access for inspection. Make
periodic inspections of stored materials to assure that products are
maintained free from damage and deterioration
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS, STANDARD PRODUCTS AND
SUBSTITUTIONS
A. All material and equipment shall be new and in good condition. Refer to
Division 1 for additional requirements.
B. Design is based upon a specific make and model of equipment. Naming of a
certain brand or make or manufacturer in the specifications is to establish
style or quality standard for articles desired. However, except where noted,
the specifications are not intended to limit competition or the Contractor's
option to use alternate products of equivalent concept, quality, and
performance.
C. Products of alternate manufacturers listed may be substituted without
approval prior to the Bid, if they are regularly catalogued items and meet the
criteria of equivalence in concept, quality, and performance in the opinion of
the Engineer. It is recommended that the opinion of the Engineer be solicited
prior to the bid if there are any questions. This opinion does not guarantee
approval of the submittals at a later time. In the case where the equipment is
unfamiliar to the Engineer, all vendors desiring to furnish equipment other
than that specified must submit, in addition to ordinary shop drawings, a
complete verification specification for the substituted equipment along with
catalogs, literature, wiring diagrams, piping diagrams, and a list of similar
sized installations where the proposed equipment is installed. This
information may be required to be presented immediately after the Bid and
lack of information or of qualifications, as judged by the Engineer, may result
in a Bid not being accepted.
D. All products which require submittals, whether design basis or otherwise
accepted, must be formally approved by the Engineer before shipment to the
job.
E. All materials and equipment shall be manufactured in the United States or by
U.S. owned and operated companies unless otherwise indicated. Specific
permission must be obtained from the Engineer for any deviation from this
policy.
F. The Contractor is responsible for any and all costs for changes to the
electrical work or the work of other trades necessitated by the optional
substitution of approved alternate equipment. Approval of alternate
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 6
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
equipment or modifications to the plans by the Engineer are not to be
construed as relief from this responsibility. In the case of significant
modification to the design, the Contractor may also be required to pay for the
cost of design review and/or redesign by the Engineer.
G. Listing: The successful bidder shall furnish to the Engineer within one hour of
the Bid opening, or as indicated in bidding instructions, a list of all major
items of electrical equipment to be provided, indicating the manufacturer and
the general type. List shall include all items of major equipment such as
distributions equipment, light fixtures, alarm and communication systems,
wiring devices, busway, cable tray, standby generators, or other items to
which whole Sections of Specifications are devoted. Do not include conduit,
wiring, small specialty items or the like unless specifically requested. In
addition, a list of all Subcontractors to be involved in the project shall be
furnished to include, in addition to the prime electrical contractor, as a
minimum, fire alarm, communication systems, and standby power systems
subcontractors, as utilized in the project. Any list of required items included
in the Bid Form, Instructions to Bidders or other Bid documents shall
supersede these items. Changing manufacturers or subcontractors after the
listing will not be acceptable, unless initiated by the Owner or the Engineer.
Final acceptance of the bids is contingent upon submission and approval of
these lists.
2.2
QUANTITIES AND COMPLETENESS
A. Items may be referred to as singular or plural on drawings and specifications.
Contractor is responsible for determining quantity of each item.
B. All components required for the complete installation and legal, proper and
safe operation of equipment and systems indicated in the Documents shall
be provided by the Contractor. Optional accessory items shall be included
only as specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Refer to Division 1 sections for general requirements for temporary facilities.
B. All such equipment shall be removed when permanent connections have
been completed. Where it is determined, during construction, that temporary
facilities, as installed, interfere with construction operations, relocate said
facilities in an approved manner at no cost to Owner. Temporary
connections shall be in accordance with NEC and OSHA requirements,
Repair damage or injury to equipment, materials, or personnel caused by
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 7
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
improperly protected temporary installations. All costs for materials and
installation for temporary electrical facilities and energy for their operation
shall be as specified in Division 1.
3.2
COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work of different trades so that:
B. All electrical materials and equipment shall be kept close as possible to
ceiling, walls and columns, to take up a minimum amount of space.
Communication cable trays shall be the first accessible service carrier in the
ceiling space above suspended ceiling grid. Above ceiling junction boxes
shall be the next accessible. Hard pipe conduit system shall be the least
accessible.
C. Provide all offsets, fittings and similar items necessary in order to accomplish
requirements of coordination without additional expense to Owner.
D. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general location of material and
equipment. Refer to architectural and structural drawings and specifications
for general construction of building, for floors and ceiling heights and for
locations of walls, partitions, beams, and equipment, and be guided
accordingly for setting of all equipment. Do not scale electrical drawings to
determine exact locations.
E. Be responsible for locating all openings required in walls, floors, ceilings or
roof for all materials and equipment provided under Electrical sections as
well as providing manufacturer’s standard fire-stopping sealant for openings
to equal fire resistance rating of the fire rated wall, floor, ceiling or partition.
1. Check with other trades on scope of their work and coordinate on all
locations of various items of equipment and outlets before they are finally
placed and connected. Relocation of material or equipment necessitated
by failure to coordinate work shall be at no cost to Owner.
2. Do not cut work of any other trade without first consulting Architect's
representative. Repair work damages by employing services of trade
whose work is damaged. Where openings or sleeves have been
omitted, they shall be drilled or sawed as directed by Architect/Engineer.
All cutting and patching shall be the responsibility of this Section.
3. Wherever slots, sleeves or other openings are provided in floors or walls,
for the passage of conduits or other forms of raceway, such openings, if
unused, or spaces left in such openings after installation of conduit or
raceway shall be filled. Filling materials for openings in walls and floors
generally shall be fire-resistive and constructed and installed so as to
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 8
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
prevent passage of water, smoke and fumes. Where conduits passing
through openings are exposed in finished rooms, finishes of filling
materials shall match and be flush with adjoining floor, ceiling or wall
finishes.
4. Provide exposed conduit passing through floors, walls, or ceilings of
finished rooms with chrome plated escutcheons. Plates shall be split,
hinged type of sufficient outside diameter to amply cover up sleeve
openings for pipe. Manufacturer's offering products complying with
requirements include:
Beaton and Caldwell, No. 10 or Approved Equal
5. Where conduits, cable trays and other electrical raceways pass through
fire protections, fire walls, smoke partitions or floors, install a firestop to
prevent the spread of fire, smoke and gases. Firestop material shall be
packed tight and completely fill clearance between raceways and
openings. Conduit sleeves for cable passage require a non-hardening,
permanently pliable firestop system capable of being removed and
reinstalled to permit the addition of cables. All firestop systems shall be
U.L. listed for the application and installed in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.3
CLEANING
A. At completion of work required under this Contract and just prior to
acceptance by Owner, thoroughly clean all exposed equipment fittings,
fixtures, lenses and accessories and repair any damaged surfaces.
B. All light fixtures, switches and other electrical equipment shall be free of
shipping tags, stickers, etc. Light fixture diffusers shall be clean and
equipment enclosures shall be free of dust and debris. All painted equipment
shall be free of scratches, blemishes and splattered paint.
3.4
SUPPORT OF ELECTRICAL ITEMS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, all electrical items or their supporting hardware,
including but not limited to, conduits, raceways, cable trays, busways,
cabinets, panelboards, wall-mounted transformers, boxes, and disconnect
switches, shall be securely fastened to the building structure with the
following methods. Fastening shall be by wood screws or screw-type nails
on wood; by toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; by concrete inserts or
expansion bolts on concrete or brick; by machine screws, welded threaded
studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel work. Threaded studs driven in by a
powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used
instead of expansion bolts or machine or wood screws. Threaded C-clamps
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 9
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
with retainers may be used on rigid and intermediate steel conduit only.
Conduits or pipe straps shall not be welded to steel structures. In partitions
of light steel construction, sheet metal screws shall be used.
B. The load applied to any fastener shall not exceed one-fifth of the proof test
load. Fasteners attached to concrete ceilings shall be vibration and shockresistant.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
260000 - 10
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260001 - MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
1 PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Cleaning and repair of existing electrical equipment to remain, in the area
of work only.
2 PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in
individual Sections.
3 PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on
Drawings.
B.
Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned
facilities.
C.
Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
PREPARATION
A.
Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for
removal.
B.
Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in
service during construction when work must be performed on energized
equipment or circuits; provide personnel experienced in such work.
C.
Existing Electrical: Maintain existing system in service until work is
complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers
and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 48 hours before
partially disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary
connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
260001 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
3.3
3.4
March 2015
DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A.
Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this
Section.
B.
Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate
requirements for new construction.
C.
Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
D.
Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above
accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and
patch surfaces.
E.
Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned
outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide
blank cover for abandoned outlets which cannot be removed.
F.
Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution
equipment.
G.
Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving
utilization equipment that has been removed.
H.
Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and
extension work.
I.
Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active.
Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
K.
Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible with
existing electrical installations, or as specified.
CLEANING AND REPAIR
A.
Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to
be reused in the area of work.
B.
Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical
connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure
plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing
revised circuiting arrangement.
END OF SECTION
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
260001 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260519 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Building wire and cable.
B.
Wiring connectors and connections.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 260543 – Conduit.
B.
Section 260533 – Boxes.
REFERENCES
A.
NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association).
B.
NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing
Association).
C.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to ANSI/NFPA 70.
B.
Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B.
Conductor sizes are based on copper. No Aluminum in this project.
C.
Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. Route
wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
260519 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
1.6
March 2015
COORDINATION
A.
Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown,
determine exact routing and lengths required.
B.
Determine required separation between cable and other work.
C.
Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
A.
Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
B.
Conductor: Copper.
C.
Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
D.
Insulation: ANSI/NFPA 70, Type THW or THHN/THWN.
WIRING CONNECTORS
A.
Split Bolt Connectors:
1.
BURNDY.
2.
ILSCO.
3.
KEARNEY.
B.
Solderless Pressure Connectors:
1.
BUCHANAN.
2.
IDEAL.
3.
THOMAS & BETTS.
C.
Compression Connectors:
1.
BUCHANAN.
2.
IDEAL.
3.
THOMAS & BETTS.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
260519 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
3.2
B.
Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been
completed.
C.
Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported.
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
3.4
March 2015
Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.
WIRING METHODS
A.
Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type
THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway.
B.
Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN
insulation, in raceway.
C.
Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN
insulation, in raceway.
D.
Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN
insulation, in raceway.
E.
Exterior Locations: Use only Type THHN/THWN insulation, serviceentrance cable in raceway.
F.
Underground Installations: Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN
insulation in raceway.
G.
Use wiring methods indicated.
INSTALLATION
A.
Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions.
B.
Install cable in accordance with the NECA "Standard of Installation."
C.
Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller.
D.
Use stranded conductors for control circuits.
E.
Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
F.
Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits.
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
260519 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
G.
Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
H.
Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger.
I.
Protect exposed cable from damage.
J.
Support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips or cable
ties to support cables from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels.
K.
Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
L.
Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
M.
Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.
N.
Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors
with no perceptible temperature rise.
O.
Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and
larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to
150 percent of insulation rating of conductor.
P.
Use Solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper
conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller.
Q.
Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor
splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
260519 - 4
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Grounding electrodes and conductors.
B.
Equipment grounding conductors.
C.
Bonding.
REFERENCES
A.
Section 230014 - Quality Control: Requirements for references and
standards.
B.
NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment and Systems (International Electrical Testing
Association).
C.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
GROUNDING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.4
Rod electrode.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B.
Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
ROD ELECTRODES
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Burndy.
Kearney.
A.B. Chance.
Material: Copper.
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
2.2
C.
Diameter: 5/8 inch.
D.
Length: 8 feet.
March 2015
MECHANICAL CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
Burndy.
Kearney.
A.B. Chance.
B. Material: Bronze.
2.3
EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
2.3
Burndy.
Kearney.
A.B. Chance.
WIRE
A. Material: Stranded copper.
B. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before
driving rod electrodes.
INSTALLATION
A.
Section 230014 - Quality Control: Manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Install rod electrodes at locations indicated.
C.
Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in
foundation footing where indicated. Bond steel together.
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
D.
Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements.
E.
Bond together metal not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground.
F.
Bond together reinforcing steel and metal in fencing and structures.
G.
Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor
within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on
suitable lug, bus, or bushing.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING
260526 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260529 - SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Conduit and equipment supports.
B.
Anchors and fasteners.
REFERENCES
A.
NECA Standard of Installation (National Electrical Contractors Association).
B.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B.
Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A.
Materials and Finishes: Corrosion resistant.
B.
Provide materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to
carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in
conduit.
C.
Anchors and Fasteners:
1.
Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion
anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts.
2.
Steel Structural Elements: Use beam clamps and welded fasteners.
3.
Concrete Surfaces: Use self-drilling anchors and expansion
anchors.
4.
Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle
bolts and hollow wall fasteners.
5.
Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors and preset inserts.
6.
Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws.
SUPPORTING DEVICES
260529 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
2.2
March 2015
FORMED STEEL CHANNEL
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
Unistrut.
2.
B-Line.
3.
MP Husky Corp.
B.
Description: Galvanized steel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with
NECA "Standard of Installation".
1.
Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment,
conduit or roof decking.
2.
Do not use spring steel clips and clamps.
3.
Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before using powderactuated anchors.
4.
Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting
structural members.
B.
Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members. Rigidly
weld members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat appearance with
adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts.
C.
Install steel channel support to stand all surface mounted cabinets and
panelboards 1 inch off wall for dry, damp, and wet locations.
D.
Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and
panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
END OF SECTION
SUPPORTING DEVICES
260529 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260533 - BOXES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
1.3
1.4
Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
Section 262726 - Wiring Devices: Wall plates in finished areas.
REFERENCES
A.
NECA - Standard of Installation.
B.
NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
C.
NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports.
D.
NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
E.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B.
Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,
as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
BOXES
OUTLET BOXES
A.
Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
1.
Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of
equipment supported; include ½ inch male fixture studs where
required.
2.
Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type.
B.
Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum or cast ferroalloy. Provide
gasketed cover by box manufacturer.
260533 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
C.
2.2
March 2015
Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 262726.
PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A.
Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
B.
Hinged Enclosures: As specified in Section 16160.
C.
Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged,
surface mounted junction box:
1.
Material: Cast aluminum.
2.
Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless
steel cover screws.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
BOXES
Verify locations of outlets in work areas prior to rough-in.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
B.
Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices,
taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory
requirements.
C.
Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights
indicated.
D.
Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless
dimensioned. Adjust box location up to 5 feet if required to accommodate
intended purpose.
E.
Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in
Section 262726.
F.
Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance.
G.
Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in
unfinished areas only.
260533 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
BOXES
March 2015
H.
Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than
6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed
Luminaire.
I.
Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other
elements, using materials and methods specified.
J.
Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above
counters, benches, and backsplashes.
K.
Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaries positioned as shown on reflected
ceiling plan or lighting plan.
L.
Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and
similar devices.
M.
Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.
N.
Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry
unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
O.
Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum
6 inches separation. Provide minimum 16 inches separation in acoustic
rated walls.
P.
Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately
position to allow for surface finish thickness.
Q.
Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between
studs.
R.
Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its
effectiveness.
S.
Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.
T.
Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.
U.
Support boxes independently of conduit.
V.
Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not
use sectional box.
W.
Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
260533 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
X.
3.3
3.5
Use cast outlet box in exterior locations, locations exposed to the weather,
and wet locations.
INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A.
3.4
March 2015
Coordinate installation of outlet box for equipment connected under
Section 262700.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall
material.
B.
Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
CLEANING
A.
Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.
B.
Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.
END OF SECTION
BOXES
260533 - 4
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 260543 - CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Electrical metallic tubing.
B.
Nonmetallic conduit.
C.
Fittings and conduit bodies.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 260533 - Boxes.
B.
Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding.
C.
Section 260529 - Supporting Devices.
D.
Section 260553 - Electrical Identification.
REFERENCES
A.
ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.
B.
ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for
Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
C.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
D.
NECA "Standard of Installation."
E.
NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized
Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit.
F.
NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B.
Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
CONDUIT
260543 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
1.5
1.6
March 2015
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of
Section 230016.
B.
Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. Protect conduit from corrosion
and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate
covering.
C.
Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B.
Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.
C.
Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless
dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A.
Minimum Size: one (1) inch unless otherwise specified.
B.
Underground Installations: Use non-metallic conduit.
C.
Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Use rigid conduit.
D.
Above Grade: Use rigid conduit.
E.
Wet and Damp Locations: Use non-metallic conduit.
F.
Dry Locations:
1.
Concealed: Use electrical metallic tubing.
2.
2.2
Exposed: Not acceptable, unless specifically noted on drawings or
approved by Engineer.
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
CONDUIT
Allied Tube & Conduit
260543 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
2.
3.
March 2015
Wheatland Tube Co.
Triangle PWC, DAC.
B.
Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.
C.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, compression or set
screw type.
2.4
NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
Allied Tube & Conduit
Certain Teed Corp.
B.
Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC.
C.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
B.
Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C.
Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
D.
Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in
adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers.
E.
Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using
steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits.
F.
Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under
provisions of Section 260529.
G.
Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire
used for temporary supports.
H.
Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
I.
Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.
CONDUIT
260543 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
3.2
March 2015
J.
Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.
K.
Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and
perpendicular to walls.
L.
Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping.
M.
Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with
temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C).
N.
Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends.
O.
Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
P.
Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer.
Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even
coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20
minutes, minimum.
Q.
Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal
boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes.
R.
Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes.
Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams.
Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size.
S.
Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in
conduit system.
T.
Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where
conduit crosses seismic, control and expansion joints.
U.
Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and
nipples.
V.
Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and
moisture.
W.
Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 260526.
INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A.
Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other
elements, using materials and methods under the provisions of Architect.
CONDUIT
260543 - 4
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
B.
March 2015
Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through
suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing
installation specified under provisions of Architect.
END OF SECTION
CONDUIT
260543 - 5
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for proper
and complete installation of panelboards.
B. Lighting and Appliance Branch Panelboards.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General Provisions of Contract, General and Special Conditions and General
Requirements, apply to this section.
B. Requirements of Electrical General Provision Sections govern this Section,
where applicable.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Special Use Markings: Provide panelboards, constructed for special use with
UL marks indicating that special usage, i.e., "suitable for use as service
entrance equipment".
B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable UL publications pertaining to
panelboards, enclosures and panelboard accessories. Provide units that
have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories.
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70/ANSI C1)
as applicable to installation of cabinets, cutout boxes and panelboards.
Comply with applicable NEC Articles pertaining to installation of wiring and
equipment in hazardous locations.
D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
250
Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
PB 1 Panelboards
PB 1.1 Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Panelboards
PB 1.2 Application Guide for Ground Protective Devices for Equipment.
E. FS W-C-375
1.4.
Circuit Breakers
SUBMITTALS
PANELBOARDS
262416 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
A. Submit manufacturer's data on panelboards, enclosures and overcurrent
devices.
B. Submit dimensioned drawings of panelboards and enclosures indicating
accurately scaled layout of enclosures and required individual panelboard
devices, including but not necessarily limited to, circuit breakers and
accessories.
C. Include outline and support point dimensions, voltage, bus ampacity,
integrated short circuit rating, and branch device arrangement and sizes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Square D. Company.
B. Siemens.
C. General Electric
2.2
GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide panelboards, enclosures and ancillary
components, of types, sizes, and ratings indicated, which comply with
manufacturer's standard materials, design and construction in accordance
with published product information. Equip with number of unit panelboard
devices as required for a complete installation. Where types, sizes, or
ratings are not otherwise indicated, comply with NEC, UL and established
industry standards for applications indicated.
B. Buses shall be 98% conductivity copper, tin plated. Bus capacity shall be as
indicated on drawings, otherwise, bus capacity shall be equal to or greater
than panelboard feeder overcurrent protective device. All terminals for wiring
connections shall be suitable for copper.
C. Provide a bare, uninsulated, copper equipment grounding bar suitably brazed
or bolted to interior of each enclosure. This bar shall be equivalent in current
carrying capacity to incoming feeder ground conductor and shall be suitable
for brazed or approved pressure connector terminations of ground
conductors for associated feeders and branch circuits.
D. Provide a copper neutral bar, insulated from the equipment grounding bar
and the interior of the enclosure, shall be mounted at opposite end of each
panelboard from main lugs and shall have numbered terminals for
connection of neutral wires.
PANELBOARDS
262416 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
E. Bus bar connections to branch circuit overcurrent protection devices shall be
of sequence phased type.
F. Where "provision for," "future", or "space" is indicated on drawings, space
shall be equipped with bus connections to future over-current device with
suitable insulation and bracing to maintain proper short circuit rating and
voltage clearances. All provisions shall be made for ready insertion of a
future device.
G. All panelboards shall be dead front type.
H. Provide galvanized sheet steel cabinet type enclosures, in sizes and NEMA
types as indicated, code-gauge, minimum 16-gauge thickness. Provide
fronts with adjustable indicating trim clamps, and doors with flush locks and
keys, all panelboard enclosures shall be keyed alike. Provide enamel finish
over a rust inhibitor. Design enclosure for recessed or surface mounting as
indicated on Drawings. Provide enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer
as panelboards, and which fit properly with panelboards to be enclosed. All
panelboards in public corridors shall be recessed.
2.3
I.
Circuit breaker protective devices shall be rated for circuit voltage on which
they are used; have trip rating and number of poles indicated on drawings;
and be trip free. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by a handle position
between manual OFF and ON position.
J.
Circuit breakers for use with air conditioning and refrigeration equipment
shall be UL listed type HACR.
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards:
breaker type.
NEMA PB1, circuit
B. Provide enclosure and mounting type as indicated on Drawings with
concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge and flush, keyed lock.
All
panelboards shall be keyed alike and contain special cylinder for master key
system. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. Cabinet shall be
nominal 6 inches deep and 20 inches wide.
C. Provide bus ratings as scheduled on Drawings.
D. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating shall be:
12,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 208 and 240 volt panelboards
22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards
PANELBOARDS
262416 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
or as indicated on Drawings. In all cases, circuit breakers shall have an
interrupting rating greater than the available fault current at their location in
the electrical system.
E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers shall be bolt-on type thermal magnetic type
with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as
switching duty (SWD) for all lighting circuits. Provide UL Class A ground fault
interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. Provide shunt trip circuit
breakers where scheduled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards and enclosures, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions, applicable requirements of NECA and in accordance with
recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with
requirements and serves intended purposes.
B. Install lighting and power panelboards with tops 6 feet 6 inches above floor
and bottoms not less than 12 inches above floor (multi-section panels shall
be provided to meet these spacings) arranged for conduit connections.
Mount surface mounted panels on metal channels.
C. Coordinate installation of panelboards and enclosures with cable and
raceway installation work.
D. Anchor enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces, ensuring that they
are permanently and mechanically secure.
E. Provide electrical connections within enclosures.
F. Provide typewritten circuit directories placed under a clear plastic cover on
interior of doors upon completion of this work. If room numbers assigned by
owner do not match those on the drawings both sets of numbers must be
cross referenced and identified in the panel directory. Identify spares with a
pencil on the directories.
G. For panelboards without doors, provide a separate laminated phenolic
identification plate on or near each device cover and provide same
information that directories described above require.
H. Panelboards flush mounted in public areas shall be painted to match
adjacent wall finish.
PANELBOARDS
262416 - 4
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
3.2
March 2015
I.
Where feeders go through panelboards cabinets to serve panelboards above
or beyond same, wiring gutters in panelboard cabinets shall be a minimum of
8 inches on sides and 8 inches top and bottom. Cables shall be neatly
bundled, routed and supported within gutters. Do not reduce minimum
bending radii as recommended by cable manufacturer.
J.
Provide recessed panelboards with conduits of sufficient capacity to carry
required number and size of future conductors for all spare branch circuit
protective devices and spaces stubbed up to above accessible ceiling;
Minimum of 4 - 1 inch and 6 - 3/4 inch stubs.
FIELD TESTING
A. Measure and record steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder.
Should the difference at any panel between phases exceed 20 percent,
rearrange circuits accordingly. Take care to maintain proper phasing for
multi-wire circuits and update panel directories accordingly.
B. Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, connections and grounding.
3.3
PANELBOARD SCHEDULES
A. See Drawings for panelboard schedules.
END OF SECTION
PANELBOARDS
262416 - 5
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Receptacles.
B.
Device plates and decorative box covers.
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
1.3
1.4
Section 260533 - Boxes.
REFERENCES
A.
NECA - Standard of Installation.
B.
NEMA WD 1 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices.
C.
NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements.
D.
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B.
Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
RECEPTACLES
A.
Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
Leviton #5362 (Duplex), #5361 (Single), #5361-CH (Clock Hanger).
Hubbell.
Slater.
B.
Description: NEMA WD 1, General-duty general use receptacle.
C.
Device Body: Ivory plastic
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
2.2
March 2015
D.
Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated.
E.
Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20R.
G.
GFI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit
interrupter to meet regulatory requirements, Leviton #6898 (GFI).
H.
Telephone Jack: Duplex, Leviton #41688 (RJ45).
I.
Television Outlet: Duplex, Leviton #80782 (F Connector).
WALL PLATES
A.
Decorative Cover Plate: Smooth stainless steel.
1.
Leviton #84001 (430 S.S. single gang), #84009 (430 S.S. two gang),
#84011 (430 S.S. three gang), #84003 (430 S.S. duplex receptacle),
#84016 (430 S.S. quad receptacle), #84401-40 (430 S.S. GFI
receptacle), #84062 (430 S.S. duplex telephone or television).
2.
Hubbell.
3.
Slater.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height.
B.
Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by
wall plates.
C.
Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready
for connection to wiring devices.
PREPARATION
A.
Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
B.
Clean debris from outlet boxes.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
B.
Install devices plumb and level.
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 2
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
3.4
3.5
March 2015
C.
Install switches with ‘OFF’ position down. Install both three way switches
with ‘OFF’ position down.
D.
Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom.
E.
Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper
and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
F.
Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished
areas.
G.
Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal.
H.
Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in
unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted
outlets.
I.
Install protective rings on active flush cover service fittings.
INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A.
Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533 to
obtain mounting heights indicated on drawings.
B.
Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise noted.
C.
Install convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor, unless
otherwise noted.
D.
Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above backsplash of counter, in
areas shown on plans.
E.
Install wall telephone jack 54 inches above finished floor.
F.
Install television outlet 84 inches above finished floor.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Inspect each wiring device for defects.
B.
Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
C.
Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
D.
Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 3
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
3.6
E.
Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.
F.
Verify that each telephone jack is properly connected and circuit is
operational.
G.
Verify that each television outlet is properly connected and circuit is
operational.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.7
March 2015
Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
CLEANING
A.
Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish.
END OF SECTION
WIRING DEVICES
262726 - 4
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
March 2015
SECTION 265629 - SITE LIGHTING
1 PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
1.2
REFERENCES
A.
1.3
1.4
1.5
ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A.
Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each Luminaire
which is not a standard Product of the manufacturer.
B.
Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.
Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B.
Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.6
Exterior luminaries and accessories.
Store and handle site lighting in accordance with ANSI O5.1.
COORDINATION
A.
Furnish bolt templates and mounting accessories to installer.
2 PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1
LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES
A.
Furnish Products as scheduled.
3 PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION OF SITE LIGHTING
A.
Install lamps in each Luminaire.
SITE LIGHTING
265629 - 1
Lancaster Avenue Pedestrian Gateway
Eastern Kentucky University
B.
3.2
3.4
Bond luminaries, metal accessories and metal poles to branch circuit
equipment grounding conductor.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
3.3
March 2015
Operate each Luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for
improper connections and operation.
CLEANING
A.
Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
B.
Remove dirt and debris from enclosure.
C.
Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
D.
Clean finishes and touch up damage.
PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A.
Protect until turned over to owner.
END OF SECTION
SITE LIGHTING
265629 - 2